AN ECONOMIC ANALYSIS

                         OF

                 PROPOSED SCHEDULES

                         FOR

      REMOVAL OF LEAD ADDITIVES FROM GASOLINE
              Prepared for the Environmental

              Protection Agency under Contract

                   Number 68-02-0050
                 Banner & Moore

                 Associates, Inc.

               BOO Jefferson Bldg. | Cullen Center
               Houston, Texas 77OO2 (713) 228-O871
                     Cable: BONMOR

MANAGEMENT SERVICES
OPERATIONS RESEARCH INFORMATION SYSTEMS
 PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS  TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS PROCESS CONTROL

-------
                        ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (EPA)'
                                OFFICE OF AIR PROGRAMS
                   OFFICE OF TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND PUBLICATIONS
                                        * * *
                      AIR POLLUTION TECHNICAL INFORMATION CENTER
                          Research Triangle Park, N. C. 27711


The Office of Technical Information and Publications (OTIP) provides a complete
system of technical information and communication activities.  The principal element
of OTIP charged with the responsibility of technical literature communication is
the Air Pollution Technical Information Center (APTIC) .  APTIC is responsible for the
collection and dissemination of all domestic and foreign technical literature related
to air pollution.  Toward this end, APTIC performs six basic services:

   1.  Preparation of a monthly bulletin containing informative abstracts
       of approximately 1000 technical articles.   Air Pollution Abstracts
       has a world-wide distribution of 10,000,  with coverage including
       1100 domestic and foreign serial publications, patents, government
       reports, preprints,  technical society papers, and proceedings.

   2.  Provision of literature searches on an individual basis.   More  than
       30,000 technical documents are accessible through APTIC1 s computer-based
       information retrieval system.
        *  Individual literature  searches  are  conducted without  charge.
           In order to receive  a  highly  relevant  bibliography  one  should
           describe both  his  area of  interest  and specific  items of
           concern.   A knowledge  of one's  overall objectives  is also
           valuable.   Requests  should  be directed to  the above address,
           or by  telephone  to (919) 549-8411 Ext.  2135, or  from Government
           FTS telephones,  to (919) 549-2135.
  3.   Response  to  inquiries  concerning  the  secondary distribution of  federally-
       produced  air pollution-related documents.

  4.   Preparation  for  publication of comprehensive bibliographies and  state-of-
       the-art summaries  of major air pollution topics.

  5.   Translation  of certain  foreign journals cover-to-cover  (e.g. the German
       Staub and the Russian Hygiene and Sanitation) and of selected Russian
       literature,  and  individual translation of numerous foreign articles.
       The former are published through  the  National Technical Information
       Service, Springfield, Virginia 22151; the latter, initially for EPA use,
       are available to the public through the National Translations Center,
       35 West 33rd Street, Chicago, Illinois 60616 or through interlibrary
       loan.

  6.   Provision of complete conventional library services, primarily for
       EPA use.

-------
                       AN ECONOMIC ANALYSIS

                                 OF

                        PROPOSED SCHEDULES

                                FOR

             REMOVAL OF LEAD ADDITIVES FROM  GASOLINE
                      Prepared  for the Environmental

                     Protection  Agency under Contract

                          Number 68-02-0050
                               25 June 1971




                        Banner  &  Moore

                        Associates,  Inc.

                      BOO Jefferson Bldg. ! Cullen Center
                      Houston, Texas 77OO2 j (713) 228-O871
                            Cable: BONMOR
       MANAGEMENT SERVICES | OPERATIONS RESEARCH INFORMATION SYSTEMS



        PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS I TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS ' PROCESS CONTROL
RGH-015

-------
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS






Paragraph                                                                    Page





                                    SECTION 1



                                  INTRODUCTION





1.1       PURPOSE --	--'	    1-1



1.2       STUDY TEAM ORGANIZATION 			-----	    1-1



1.3       REPORT STRUCTURE 	    1-1








                                    SECTION 2



                           STUDY SCOPE AND METHODOLOGY





2.1       SCOPE 	-	-			    2-1



2.2       METHODOLOGY OF STUDY 	-		    2-3







                                    SECTION 3



                             SUMMARY OF CONCLUSIONS





3.1       LEAD REMOVAL STRATEGIES-			    3-1



3.2       MAJOR CONCLUSIONS	-	--		    3-2



3.3       ECONOMIC IMPACT 	-			    3-6








                                    SECTION 4



                        DETAILED RESULTS AND  CONCLUSIONS





4.1       LEAD REMOVAL DISTRIBUTION COSTS 	-		    4-2



4.2       SCHEDULE A			    4-6



4.3       SCHEDULE L 			  4-13



4.4       SCHEDULE G 	-	-		  4-21



4.5       SCHEDULE M		-	--	-			  4-28



4.6       REFERENCE SCHEDULE  ---	-		  4-35



4.7       SENSITIVITY ANALYSES 				  4-38



4.8      EFFECTS ON SMALL REFINERS -			-	  4-43



4.9       IMPACT ON THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY  		  4-51



4.10     EFFECT ON PETROCHEMICALS		-			  4-61



4.11     CALIFORNIA MODEL RESULTS --					  4-63










RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                       i

-------
                            TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont.)

Paragraph                                                                    Page

                                    SECTION 5
                      DETAILED STUDY METHODOLOGY AND PREMISES

5.1      STUDY METHODS		-	   5-1
5.2      REFINING AND PETROCHEMICAL INDUSTRY BASIS 	   5-6
5.3      DEMAND FORECASTS 	  5-14
5.4      PROCESS .CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY BASIS 	  5-34

                                   APPENDICES

  A      LEAD REMOVAL SCHEDULES 	-	-	   A-l
  B      SAMPLE MODEL OUTPUT REPORTS 	-	-	   B-l
  C      COMMENTS ON OTHER SCHEDULES OF THE RFP		-	   C-l
  D      MARKETING CHARACTERISTICS OF OIL COMPANIES 	-	   D-l
  E      CAPITAL RECOVERY FACTOR 	--	-	   E-l
  F      GLOSSARY OF TERMS 	--   F-l
  G      BIBLIOGRAPHY 	-		   G-l
                                    ADDENDUM
         AN ECONOMIC ANALYSIS OF PROPOSED SCHEDULES 0 AND N FOR REMOVAL
         OF LEAD ADDITIVES FROM GASOLINE
RGH-015                  Bcmner & Moore Associates, Inc.                        it

-------
                              LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Figure                                                                       Page

2-1      Peak Point Effect of Rapid Lead Reduction 	   2-5
3-1      Cumulative Investment Requirements for Schedules A, G, L and M —   3-4
3-2      Aromatics and Lead Levels for Three-Grade System 	  3-10
3-3      Aromatics and Lead Levels for Two-Grade System 	  3-11
4-1      Refinery Size versus Added Capital Investment to Manufacture
         Unleaded Motor Gasoline 	  4-46
4-2      Added Raw Stock versus Pool  Octane for Varying Refinery Sizes 	  4-47
4-3      Annual Investment ($ Billions) for Schedule A		  4-55
4-4      Annual Investment ($ Billions) for Schedule G 	  4-56
4-5      Annual Investment ($ Billions) for Schedule L			  4-57
4-6      Annual Investment ($ Billions) for Schedule M 	  4-58
5-1      Distribution of Research Octane Number Requirements As
         Function of Compression Ratio		  5-15
5-2      Investment Distribution for Process Construction Sectors 	  5-37
5-3      Historical Investment 	  5-38
RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                       111

-------
                                 LIST OF TABLES

Table                                                                        Page

  1       STUDY RESULT SUMMARY 	-	   3-3
  2       COMPARISON OF INVESTMENT TO CAPACITY RATIOS 	-	  3-12
  3       INCREASED MANUFACTURING COST VERSUS REFINERY SIZE		  3-13
  4       RAW STOCK REQUIREMENTS FOR SCHEDULE A 	   4-6
  5       BY-PRODUCT PRODUCTION FOR SCHEDULE A	-	-	   4-7
  6       TEL CONTENTS OF SCHEDULE A GASOLINES 	-	   4-8
  7       GASOLINE SUMMARY FOR SCHEDULE A (Sheet 1  of 2) 	   4-9
  8       PROCESS CAPACITY REQUIREMENTS FOR SCHEDULE A	-	  4-11
  9       COST EFFECTS OF SCHEDULE A 	  4-12
  10     RAW STOCK REQUIREMENTS FOR SCHEDULE L 	-	  4-14
  11     BY-PRODUCT PRODUCTION FOR SCHEDULE L 	  4-14
  12     TEL CONTENTS OF SCHEDULE L GASOLINES 	  4-15
  13     PROCESS CAPACITY REQUIREMENTS FOR SCHEDULE L 	-	  4-16
  14     GASOLINE SUMMARY FOR SCHEDULE L (Sheet 1  of 2) 	  4-17
  15     COST EFFECTS OF SCHEDULE L --	  4-20
  16     RAW STOCK REQUIREMENTS FOR SCHEDULE G	-	  4-21
  17     BY-PRODUCT PRODUCTION FOR SCHEDULE G 	  4-22
  18     GASOLINE SUMMARY FOR SCHEDULE G (Sheet 1  of 2) 	  4-23
  19     PROCESS CAPACITY REQUIREMENTS FOR SCHEDULE G 	  4-25
  20     COST EFFECTS OF SCHEDULE G 	  4-26
  21     RAW STOCK REQUIREMENTS FOR SCHEDULE M 	-	  4-28
  22     BY-PRODUCT PRODUCTION FOR SCHEDULE M 	  4-29
  23     GASOLINE SUMMARY FOR SCHEDULE M (Sheet 1  of 2) 	  4-30
  24     TEL CONTENTS OF SCHEDULE M GASOLINE --			  4-32
  25     PROCESS CAPACITY REQUIREMENTS FOR SCHEDULE M	-		  4-32
  26     COST EFFECTS OF SCHEDULE M 	•	  4-34
  27     PROCESS CAPACITY REQUIREMENTS FOR REFERENCE SCHEDULE 	  4-35
  28     GASOLINE SUMMARY FOR REFERENCE SCHEDULE (Sheet 1  of 2) 	  4-36
  29     EFFECT ON ADDED COST AND INVESTMENT RESULTS OF VARYING
         KEY ASSUMPTIONS 	-	  4-39
  30     EFFECT OF GRADE MIX VARIATIONS ON AVERAGE GASOLINE REFINERY
         NETBACKS		  4-42
RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                       IV

-------
                             LIST OF TABLES (cont.)


Table                                                                        Page


  31     GROWTH AND DECLINE TRENDS AMONG SMALL U.S. GASOLINE REFINERS
         FROM 1950 THROUGH 1970 	-			  4-44

  32     CRUDE CAPACITY TRENDS OF SMALL REFINERIES			4-44

  33     EXTRAPOLATION OF REFINERY SIZE EFFECTS ON COST ESTIMATES FOR
         SCHEDULE A			-	  4-48

  34     CRUDE OIL IMPORT ALLOCATION FORMULA 	-	  4-49

  35     CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY INVESTMENTS 	-		  4-54

  36     CONSTRUCTION COSTS BY SECTOR	-		  4-59

  37     COST RATIOS FOR CALIFORNIA ECONOMIC BEHAVIOR 	  4-63

  38     GASOLINE BLENDING SPECIFICATIONS 	-		  5-13

  39     BASIS FOR GRADE DISTRIBUTION - AUTOMOBILES AND LIGHT TRUCKS 	  5-18

  40     NATIONAL DEMAND FORECAST FOR GASOLINE	-		  5-20

  41     MILEAGE VERSUS VEHICLE AGE		---  5-21

  42     GASOLINE CONSUMED P.ROFILES		-	  5-22

  43     NAPHTHA JET FUEL PRODUCTION HISTORY 				  5-23

  44     KEROSENE AND KEROSENE JET FUEL PRODUCTION HISTORY		  5-24

  45     AVIATION GASOLINE PRODUCTION HISTORY	-		  5-25

  46     DISTILLATE PRODUCTION HISTORY 	  5-26

  47     DISTILLATE PRODUCT BLEND			  5-27

  48     NATIONAL DEMAND FORECAST FOR PETROCHEMICALS 	  5-28

  49     COMBINED PROCESS CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY MAXIMUM GROWTH
         PROJECTION 			---	  5-41

 C-l     LEAD REQUIREMENTS 	-	    C-3

 C-2     AROMATICS BURNED IN PRE-1975 VEHICLES 		    C-3

 C-3     REFINING INVESTMENT 	---    C-4
RGH-015
                          Bonncr & Moore Associates, Inc.

-------
                                    SECTION 1
                                  INTRODUCTION
1.1      PURPOSE

         This report is in response to RFP No.  EHSD 71-Neg 44,  which called for
an investigation of the economic Impact of various  gasoline lead removal  sched-
ules.  The schedules varied in rapidity of lead removal  and in  the number of gas-
oline grades produced.   These schedules are shown  in  Appendix  A.
1.2      STUDY TEAM ORGANIZATION

         The two-month time limit called for in the RFP necessitated that the
study method be simplified as much as possible and that maximum use be made of
existing data and data-correlations which were developed by Bonner & Moore from
previous studies.  Several teams of Bonner & Moore personnel  investigated the
impact of the schedules on differing facets of the petroleum  industry.   Their
investigations were coordinated into the findings  presented in  this report.

         The Bonner & Moore groups worked closely  with  an EPA-organized project
team composed of Messrs.  John O'Conner and Paul Boys  from EPA,  Michael  J. Massey
from Carnegie - Mellon University and Lee H. Solomon,  a partner of Turner, Mason
& Solomon.   Mr. Solomon represented the EPA as an  independent consultant in the
area of petroleum economics.


1.3      REPORT STRUCTURE

         Following the brief  introductory and background information presented
here and in the next section  of this report, a summary  of conclusions  is pre-
sented (Section 3), then  a discussion of the economic  findings  from each major
schedule studied (Section 4).   Following this, Section  5 describes the  study
methodology in detail.

         For simplicity,  the  terms "TEL" and."lead" have been used throughout
this report in referring  to lead alkyl additives.   These terms  should  be inter-
preted as referring to all lead alkyl additives,  including TEL  and THL.   Other
petroleum and refining terminology is defined in  the  Glossary,  Appendix F.
RGH-015                   Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                        '"'

-------
                                    SECTION  2
                           STUDY  SCOPE  AND  METHODOLOGY
2.1       SCOPE

         1)    Schedules Studied

              The technical  proposal  for this  study was  originally  prepared on
         November 6, 1970,  and specified a  number of alternate  gasoline  lead
         removal  schedules  for investigation.   These schedules  represented various
         rates of lead removal.

              Eleven proposal  schedules  were grouped into two classes,  one related
         to  a two-pump marketing system, the other to a  three-pump  system. In all
         cases one grade of  gasoline  was required to be  lead free by 1974 to sat-
         isfy the needs of  any 1975 model  cars equipped  with exhaust reactors
         requiring unleaded  fuel.   The octane  level of this  grade was  originally
         set at 91 RON in accordance  with  statements made by automotive  manufac-
         turers regarding future automotive requirements.  In view  of  later
         information obtained  from industry sources, the EPA team shifted the
         basic research octane level  to  93, and specified that  the  impact of a  91
         RON requirement be  analyzed  only  indirectly through sensitivity analyses
         of  basic study results.  Consequently, the modified contract  for EPA
         called for a study  of the following two and three-grade systems :

              n    Three-Grade Marketing System

                   93 RON Low  Lead Fuel  (Unleaded After 1973)
                   94 RON Regular Grade  (Varies from 0 to 3gm of lead/gallon)
                  100 RON Premium Grade  (Varies from 0 to 3gm of lead/gallon)

              a    Two-Grade System

                   94 RON Low  Lead Regular Grade (Unleaded After 1973)
                  100 RON Premium Grade  (Varies from 0 to 3gm of lead/gallon)

         2)    Study Plan

              The study plan called for a feasibility analysis  of all  eleven
         schedules and a detailed analysis  of those schedules bracketing the fea-.
         sible ones.  The feasibility analysis examined approximate capital
 See Appendix A for a detailed listing of the eleven modified schedules.
RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                       2-1

-------
         costs,  pool  octane  numbers,  aromatics  concentrations,  prime  blending
         component  requirements,  and  year-to-year  rates  of  increase  in  gasoline
         volume  times  octane.

              A  preliminary  selection was  made  of  the  slowest  and  fastest  lead
         removal  schedules  for  3-grade cases  and  for 2-grade cases.   Spot  year
         detailed analysis  of all  schedules was  also determined to be necessary.

              Early results  showed that construction industry  limits  necessitated
         the  definition  of  two  new schedules  representing  the  fastest feasible
         lead removal  for each  marketing  system.   These  new schedules were  cal-
         culated by limiting year-to-year construction  at  the  construction  indus-
         try  capacity  for that  year.

              The study  results  are hereafter discussed  with reference  to  data
         on  four schedules.  They  are identified  as  follows:

              Schedule      Gasoline  System          Schedule  Characteristic

                 A               3  grade        Gradual  removal  of  lead

                 L               3  grade        Rapid removal of lead  up to
                                               construction industry  limits

                 G               2  grade        Gradual  removal  of  lead

                 M               2  grade        Rapid removal of lead  up to
                                               construction industry  limits

         3)    Reference  Schedule

              During  the 1971-1980 period covered  by the RFP,  there  is  an
         "expected  normal growth"  in  gasoline consumption  as well  as  other prod-
         ucts produced by the petroleum industry.   Since the industry is presently
         close to nominal capacity, this  growth  will call  for  substantial  invest-
         ment.  In  order to  determine the economic effect  of lead  removal  in  this
         environment,  it was necessary to develop  a  reference  schedule. This
         reference  schedule  represents the economic  consequences of  the projected
         growth, while assuming the operating environment  prior to  the  lead issue;
         i.e., a basic two-grade  gasoline production and distribution system  with
         maximum lead  concentrations  of 3gm per  gallon.  The economic effects  of
         differing  lead  removal  patterns  were determined by comparison  with  the
         reference  schedule.
RGH-015                  Boniier & Moore Associates, Inc.                         i-c.

-------
2.2      METHODOLOGY OF STUDY

         1)   Study Techniques

              The TEL removal schedules supplied by the Environmental  Protection
         Agency were expressed in terms of maximum allowable TEL content for each
         gasoline grade in each calendar year through 1980.   Initial  work of the
         study involved development of forecasts for light ends products, motor
         gasoline, jet fuels, petrochemicals, and distillate and heavy fuels.
         Demand patterns and TEL limitations were imposed upon mathematical  refin-
         ery models, along with projected industry capacities.  Patterns of  new
         equipment construction and refinery operations were determined from the
         model behavior.

              Except for California, refineries of different sizes and geographic
         locations react similarly to the reduction of allowable levels of TEL in
         gasoline.  Therefore, the refining industry (gasoline producing refineries
         over 35 thousand barrels per day crude charge) was  represented by two
         linear programming models: one describing a representative California
         refinery, and the other describing a representative refinery  for the  rest
         of the nation.  The response of "small" refineries  (smaller than 30-35
         thousand barrels per day crude charge) differs significantly  from the
         patterns exhibited by the balance of the industry,  and these  were handled
         separately by techniques of analysis and extrapolation.  Finally, that
         segment of the refining industry not involved in the manufacture of gas-
         oline was excluded from the modeling system.  This  segment is charac-
         terized by refining facilities which do not include catalytic reformers
         or catalytic cracking process units.

              The basic study technique employed linear programming models because
         of their inherent ability to seek out an economic optimum among the myriad
         and conflicting choices of equipment selection, operating conditions,
         intermediate feedstock allocation, and finished product blending.  The
         results of these case studies served as a basis for further analysis  of
         alternate schedules for conversion to unleaded gasoline.

         2)   Peak tear Phenomenon

              Initial study of the various schedules disclosed a disconcerting fact
         about their effect upon the process construction industry.  Rapid lead
         elimination programs require a major buildup of construction activity to
         a sharp peak,  followed by a shrinkage in construction business.  As allow-
         able lead  levels are reduced, new refinery equipment must be built to replace
RGH-015                   Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                        2-3

-------
        the octane quality formerly supplied by lead additives.  At this same
        time, the increasing proportion of the automotive population represented
        by post-1971 cars (requiring lower octane gasoline) causes a gradual
        reduction in the average leaded octane level of the gasoline.  If lead
        levels are reduced too rapidly, the refining industry must install equip-
        ment sufficient to meet the higher average clear octane requirement of
        an automotive population while a substantial proportion of pre-1971 cars
        are still on the road.  As time brings about further attrition of the
        older cars, the average octane requirement of the automotive population
        will decline, leaving the refining industry with surplus octane-producing
        facilities and little incentive to order new process construction.  These
        factors can result in a significant process construction industry busi-
        ness decline following the "peak year"  and extending over several years.
        Figure 2-1 shows a typical peak point situation occurring in 1974.

             Such a peak point was found to exceed the maximum growth ability
        forecasted for the process construction industry in all original two-
        grade schedules and in the more restrictive three-grade schedules.
        Because of this, two new schedules (L and M) were developed to represent
        the most  rapid lead-reduction programs possible within construction indus-
        try capacity.
RGH-015                   Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.

-------
             I   Actual  and  Reported Refinery Construction Investment  Thru 1972
                Projected  Refinery Investment CSchedule G)


                Actual  Process  Construction Industry Capacity Required  by
E',"'>'"",-'/;,•;<'-J   Actual Process Cons
V>C-;l/}:V/ti.Vl   Refining Thru 1972
                Potential  Process  Construction Industry Capacity  Available  to
                Refining
Annual Investment
($ Billions)
                                        Year
 *Effect of current  depressed  business
                Figure 2-1.   Peak Point Effect of Rapid  Lead  Reduction
 RGH-015
                           Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                             2-5

-------
          3)   Pfe-Investment  Cost  Adjustments

               When  costing  the  new facilities  indicated  by  the  model  solutions,
          no attempt was  made  to cost  the  new  investment  in  the  specific  unit
          sizes indicated by the model  solutions.   Instead,  investment costs were
          charged  as a  pro rata  fraction  of the  cost  for  average  or  typical  size
          refinery units  of  the  types  under consideration.   For  example,  the  typi-
          cal  size of a crude  distillation unit  was   determined  to be  70,000 bar-
          rels  per day.   If, for  a particular case,  the  model  indicated that  7,000
          barrels  per day of crude  distillation  capacity  was  required, the model
          refinery would  be  costed  with l/10th  of  the construction cost of a
          70,000 barrels  per day crude  unit, not with the estimated  construction
          cost  of  a  7,000  barrels per day  unit.  Logically, this might  be consid-
          ered  equivalent  to interpreting  the solution  as  implying that, in the
          year  in  question,  l/10th  of  the  U.S.  refineries built  "average" 70,000
          barrels  per day crude  units.  The installation  of  new  equipment in an
          individual refinery  is, of course, a  sharply  discontinuous step function
          when  any individual  piece of  equipment 1s  considered.   Consideration of
          all  new  construction within  the  industry  tends  to  smooth this function
          considerably, however.   The  90%  of refineries which  presumably  did not
          build crude capacity in the  example  year would  have  contributed their
          share to the  overall industry construction  pattern  through the  installa-
          tion  of  other needed new  equipment.

               In  practice,  refining process capacity is  planned  and Installed to
          recognize  and accommodate three-to-five years of growth.   Taken as a
          whole, the capacity  growth of the refining  sector  would  appear  to  be a
          relatively smooth  function with  time.   For  a  specific  refinery, however,
          growth would  actually  occur  as  discrete  changes.   For  this study,  it was
          assumed  that  the industry-wide  smoothing  (via the  technique  described  in
          the  preceding paragraph)  tends  to reflect  an  industry  capacity  which
          results  in an industry excess no greater  than that  normally  Installed.
RGH-015
                         Bomier & Moore Associates, Inc.                        2-6

-------
                                    SECTION 3
                             SUMMARY OF CONCLUSIONS
3.1      LEAD REMOVAL STRATEGIES

         Inherent in the schedules which this study evaluates are certain strate-
gies for implementing lead removal.  In summarizing the conclusions it is useful
to review what these strategies are.   The fundamental objective of lead removal is
pollution abatement.  Two kinds of automotive pollution are identified.  One is
the pollution caused by emitting lead salts that are the oxidation products of
gasoline lead additives.  The other is  automotive gaseous  emissions that create
undesirable levels of carbon monoxide and react photochemically to form smog and
ozone.   This study is more directly concerned with the economics  of the role of
gasoline in abating gaseous exhaust pollutants.

         The main strategy for lead removal Is to create a  "new grade" of gaso-
line.   This new grade would have a lower octane rating and  would  be used in 1971
and later cars that would be designed for it.  This new grade would provide the
principal medium for facilitating lead  removal.  Its lower  octane makes lead
removal substantially less costly than  removing lead from  today's "conventional
grades", namely 94 octane regular and 100 octane premium.

         A second strategy is to regulate the lead content  of the new grade so
that it will be lead free by 1975.   In  this year it is expected that  automobiles
equipped with emission abatement devices will be marketed.   Current information
indicates these devices would be harmed by the presence of  lead in gasoline.
Thus,  the study premises provide that all automobiles manufactured in 1975  and
later  will use the new grade of gasoline and that this new  grade  will be produced
without lead.  It is further premised that owners of cars  built between 1971 and
1974 would buy the new grade and conventional regular gasoline in a 50/50
ratio.

         These first two strategies insure that all lead emissions will be  elimi-
nated  from automotive exhausts when the last 1974 automobile has  been retired from
service.  This is the slowest rate of lead elimination that was studied.

         A third strategy is employed to further accelerate the rate  of lead
removal after the first two strategies  have been implemented.  This strategy
involves regulation of the lead content of conventional grades of gasoline.  If
the maximum lead content of these conventional grades is successively reduced by
regulation, then the date at which complete lead removal can be achieved will be
earlier than if attrition of pre-1975 automobiles were the  only removal mechanism.
RGH-015                   Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                        3-1

-------
3.2      MAJOR CONCLUSIONS

         The important data which support study conclusions are summarized in
Table 1.  Reference is made to comparisons between various numbers in this table
throughout the following discussion.   The time reference for this table is nomi-
nally January 1, 1971.  Conclusions about capital  expenditures depend on a hypoth-
esis about when a formal lead removal  program would be initiated.  If it were on
January 1, 1972, for example, then the entire expenditure pattern would be shifted
by one year.
3.2.1    The Added Per-Gallon Cost of Lead Removal  Is Not Large, But
         The Added Total Cost is Significant

         The added cost of removing lead from gasoline was  calculated year-by-year
for each of the four schedules studied in detail.   These added costs are expressed
in cents per gallon of total  gasoline.  Since the  kinds of  gasoline produced vary
from year to year, these costs also vary.  However, the range of the highest
single-year-added-cost for the four schedules is between 0.234 per gallon for
Schedule A and 0.904 per gallon for Schedule L.   This increase is  in the order of
5% over present gasoline manufacturing costs.  The  total cost of lead removal is
substantially increased by the necessity to refine  more gasoline because cars
designed to meet the 1975 air standards  will have  lower fuel  economy.   In this
study it has been assumed that a 12% loss in fuel  economy would characterize cars
built in 1975 and later, assuming they are fully equipped with emission  abatement
devi ces.
3.2.2    Rapid Lead Removal  Requires  Substantially More  Capital  Investment
         Than Slow Lead Removal  (See  Figure 3-1)

         The third strategy  mentioned above,  regulating  the  lead  levels  of  conven-
tional gasoline grades, determines  how much faster lead  can  be  removed  than  if
attrition of older cars were the only removal  mechanism.   Schedules  L  and M  repre-
sent the most rapid removal  of lead possible  within the  limits  of construction
capacity.  Schedule A represents the  slowest  lead removal.   Schedule L  requires
approximately 140% more refinery capital  investment than  does  Schedule  A.   It
should be noted,  however,  that the  lead removal  cycle is  not totally complete in
1980 for Schedule A.   Therefore, study conclusions tend  to make  A appear to  be
slightly more economical than it would be  when carried through  to complete  lead
removal.  In order to assess whether  this  difference in  capital  requirement  is
significant on an industry scale, it  is necessary to make some  judgment  about cap-
ital availability for refinery investment.   It is beyond  the scope of  this  study
to examine this question in  detail, but certain  observations can  be  made that pro-
vide some perspective to these differences  in  investment  requirements.   The  slow
removal of lead as typified  in Schedule A  does not produce  a peak year  effect.
Rapid removal of lead, as  in Schedule L,  produces a marked  peak  year effect.   In
Schedule A the average added investment for the  refining  sector  of the  oil  industry
RGH-015
                          Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.

-------
                                     TABLE 1



                              STUDY RESULT SUMMARY

CHARACTERISTIC
1 . Added Invest-
ment (MM$
Above Refer-
ence) l »2
2. Total Added Cost
U per Gallon
Above Reference)

3. Percent Lead
Reduc t i on
(From 1970 Base)


4. Percent Crude
Increase (Above
Reference)

5. Process Industry
Construction
Activity (*
Increase over
Prior Year)
6. Clear Pool
Octane (RON)



7. Percent
Aromati cs
















ULES
A
G
L
M
A
G
L
M
A
G
L
M
Ref
A
G
L
M
A
G
L
M

A
G
L
M
Ref
Pool A
G
L
M
Ref
93 A
L
94 A
G
L
M
Ref
100 A
G
L
M
Ref
SCHEDULE YEAR
1971
15
745
_
-
0.16
0.19
.
-
4
45
-
.
(3)
0.34
0.55
-
-
(4)
(2)
1
1

88.5
91 .8
-
.
88.4
22
28
-
-
23
18
-
19
33
-
-
23
32
18
-
-
22
72
„_
187
7983
7983
0.20
0.24
0.48
0.20
4
.
62
61
(18)
0.67

1.77
1.37
16
45
28
28

87.7
-
91.7
91.8
87.9
_
.
27
27
22
_
21
_
_
24
23
22
_
-
39
38
24
73
42
130
344
344
0.23
0.22
0.56
0.24
4
.
71
70
(26)
1 .37

-
-
12
37
18
18

87.5
-
-
_
-
_
.
.
-
-
_
-
_.
_
_
_
-
_
.
_
.
-
74
187
1348
412
412
0.22
0.56
0.62
0.31
4
75
80
78
(29)
1.80
3.80
2.76
3.25
4
(23)
14
17

87.7
93.6
92.9
93.0
87.6
_
37
32
31
21
_
28
_
42
29
30
21
_
11
45
37
22
75
122
145
825
825
0.22
0.53
0.85
0.51
7
.
92
89
(33)
1 .65
-
-
-
8
(2)
(1)
2

88.3
-
-
-
-
.
-
-
-
-
_
-
_
.
-
.
-
.
-
-
-
-
76
172
183
844
1073
0.21
0.51
0.90
0.68
11
_
100
99
(35)
2.42
-
5.03
5.91
9
4
(12)
(14)

88.5
-
94.4
94.7
88.6
24

38
39
22
32
39
20
.
35
40
21
12
-
53
37
22
80
1462
3226
3456
3728
0.21
0.36
0.60
0.43
44
95
100
100
(41)
3.16
3.93
3.29
3.98
7
7
7
7

90.4
93.9
93.5
94.2
87.9
29
38
36
38
22
34
42
18
39
21
39
21
13
11
33
33
24
'Excluding cost for Distribution.
21980 figures are Cumulative.
3Includes 1971 Investment.
RGH-015
                          Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
3-3

-------
          4.0
          3.0
US
Refining

Cumulati ve
Investment
Above
Reference
($ Billions)
          2.0
          1.0
                     Figure 3-1.  Cumulative  Investment  Requirements
                                  for Schedules A, G, L  and M
 RGH-015
                          Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                                3-4

-------
 is approximately $150 million dollars annually.  For Schedule L the average annual
 added investment for the critical first four years averages approximately $650
 million dollars.  It should be emphasized that these are not total annual invest-
 ments but added annual investments to produce unleaded gasoline.

         Refinery construction expenditures have historically exhibited a marked
 cyclical pattern.  For this reason it is difficult to say what  represents an aver-
 age  annual expenditure.  However, if expenditures for the years 1960 through 1972
 (projected) were smoothed, an average expenditure rate for 1971 would be in the
 order of $800 million dollars.   During this same time period, refinery expendi-
 tures have jumped as much as  $300 million dollars in a single year.  From this it
 could be deduced that a $150  million dollar increase in annual  refinery expendi-
 tures could be accommodated within budget variations which oil  companies have
 employed in the past and therefore be considered within the limits of normal capi-
 tal  resource allocation.  On  the other hand, an annual expenditure jump of $650
 million dollars sustained for 4 years is more than twice as great as previous
 increases in refining expenditures.  It therefore appears that  a real capital
 availability problem could exist.
 3.2.3    Lead Removal Will Most Likely Be Accomplished Through Marketing
         Three Gasolines

         A study objective was to determine whether lead removal economics should
 be based on  the assumption of a three-grade or a two-grade gasoline marketing
 pattern.  Results show  that slow lead removal as in Schedule A is more economical
 if accomplished in a three-grade marketing pattern.  On the other hand, rapid lead
 removal is more economically accomplished in a two-grade marketing pattern.

         The differences in added gasoline cost between three-grade and two-grade
 schedules is small enough that other factors might dictate the actual marketing
 practice.  Approximately 65% of the total industry effort required to convert
 fully to three-grade gasoline marketing has already been made or is committed.
 A trend back toward two-grade marketing with unleaded gasoline will probably
 require strong evidence that a consumer preference for this new grade is develop-
 ing.  For purposes of determining the cost consequences of lead elimination, the
 use of three-grade economic results may be the more realistic.


 3.2.4    Construction Industry Capacity Limits The Rate of Lead Removal

         The original EPA schedules included several that cannot be met because
 the construction industry cannot expand rapidly enough to accommodate the added
 demand for new plants.  Detailed examination of required investment patterns also
 shows that rapid lead removal creates a major business cycle in this industry.
 The downside of this cycle, occurring after thi  peak year, would cause unemploy-
 ment among engineers, technicians, and craftsmen.   Schedule G shows the greatest
 drop in activity, amounting to a business reduction of 23*.  Translated into
 employment figures this would amount to a decrease of about 10,000 jobs.


RGH-Ulo                   Bonner « Moore Associates. Inc.                        3-5

-------
3.3      ECONOMIC IMPACT
3.3.1    The Consumer

         The consumer of motor gasoline will be directly affected in at least two
ways by a program to eliminate lead.  These are the increased cost of a gallon of
unleaded gasoline and the additional volumes of unleaded gasoline required to
operate a car which is fully equipped with emission abatement devices.   Of these
two effects,the loss in fuel economy is by far the greater.  This loss  in effi-
ciency is not attributed to the unleaded fuel, per se, but to the presence of the
emission abatement devices which in turn require the unleaded fuels.

         Added costs for unleaded gasoline have been calculated by dividing the
total added manufacturing cost by the total quantity of gasoline produced.  This
does not mean that this added cost would apply only to those motorists  purchasing
unleaded gasoline.  If the total added cost were divided by the unleaded gasoline
produced, then these added per-gallon costs would be substantially higher.  Also,
the assumption is made that the pool of refined gasoline would continue to bring
the same average price, so no penalty is calculated due to eliminating the present
premium grade.  The distribution of added costs might fall on consumers unequally
however, depending on how competitive pressures affect the actual pump  pricing
patterns for premium, regular, and the new grade.

         From Table 1 it can be seen that, although added costs vary as much as
two-fold, on a year-to-year basis the greatest added cost is only 0.90$ per gal-
lon.  Therefore, the added consumer costs for making unleaded gasoline  available
would represent an increase in his per-gallon cost at the pump of less  than 3%.
At the same time it should be recognized that an opportunity for a gasoline price
increase, made possible by announcing regulations requiring the sale of unleaded
gasolines, might also result in additional price increases being announced at the
same time to cover other added refinery costs which, as of this date, have not
been passed on to the consumer.

         If the consumer pays no more than 3% extra for gasoline produced without
lead, then clearly the most significant effect which the consumer will  feel is the
loss in gasoline efficiency for the post-1975 cars.  In this study a representa-
tive figure of 12% is used for this loss in efficiency.  Therefore,  the consumer
impact would be the need to buy 12% more gasoline costing as much as 3% more per
gallon.  This amounts to an overall increase in gasoline cost to the consumer of
15% to 16%.
RGH-015                   Bonncr <«. Moore Associates, Inc.                        3-6

-------
3.3.2    Impact on the Domestic Petroleum Industry

         The most significant impact of a lead removal program on the domestic
petroleum industry is the requirement that more capital be spent on refineries
over the next 10 years than would be required if the past pattern of expansion and
quality change were to continue.  It should also be recognized that all refineries
built after 1980 to produce unleaded gasoline will continue to be more expensive
since they will be producing gasoline of a higher clear octane quality than that
produced by today's refineries.   In addition, more raw materials must be supplied
if future cars meeting the clean air standards sustain the expected fuel effi-
ciency 1 oss .

         It is perhaps as important to understand how uncertain the predictions of
refinery investment effects are  as  to note the effects themselves.   The flexibil-
ity of a modern oil refinery to control the yield of various products makes it
virtually impossible to isolate  economic effects of quite separate  events.   All
such events tend to have strong  interactions.  Currently, the  planning for  future
refineries is complicated by three  major uncertainties.  One of these is the ques-
tion of unleaded gasoline requirements, the subject of this study.   Another is the
potential requirement to produce very low sulphur content fuels.  The third
uncertainty derives from future  changes in both the crude oil  import regulations
and the regulations regarding importation of heavy fuel oils.   The  outcome  of
deliberations on each of these points can affect the refining industry.  It should
be particularly noted that each  of these programs may require large capital expend-
itures when capital availability in the oil industry is of critical concern.

         From an operating standpoint,refineries will need to  modify their  pro-
cesses to produce more aromatics.   The technology to do this is widely used and
will simply be more extensively  employed.

         In addition to the refining sector, that part of the  oil industry  con-
cerned with di s-tributi on and sale  of gasoline would also be affected by an
unleaded gasoline program.   In calculating these effects, an important assumption
has been made that the regulation  of lead content for unleaded gasolines would not
require a completely different mode of operation in distribution than exists at
present.  This would not be possible if, for example, unleaded gasoline were
required to be absolutely free of contamination from leaded fuels.   If this were
the case, then segregated systems  for handling unleaded fuels  would be required
and these costs would substantially exceed those that have been calculated  in this
study.  This qualification would obviously no longer apply after the transition
period had been completed and the  only gasoline grades being sold were unleaded.

         The impact of an unleaded  gasoline program on gasoline distribution is
significant only when it is required to sell an extra grade of gasoline.  In this
study two marketing plans have been examined.  One is a conventional two-grade
RGH-015                  Boniier & Moore Associates, Inc.                       3-7

-------
marketing system in which the new grade would be produced at regular gasoline
octane and the normal regular grade would be dropped.   The other involves adding
the new grade to an existing two-grade structure.

         The cost for converting the entire U.S. gasoline distribution and market-
ing system to three grades 1s estimated at $1.294 billion dollarst.   This invest-
ment is required for Schedules A and L.  In fact, however, many of the major U.S.
marketers either market three grades or have scheduled the construction of facil-
ities to permit nation-wide three-grade marketing.


3.3.3    Impact on the Process Construction Industry

         The U.S. capability to build new refinery  units poses  a hard limit to the
rate at which lead can be removed from gasoline.  The  lead removal program will
increase construction business during the 10-year period covered in  this study.
Accelerating the rate of lead removal potentially creates a business cycle in this
industry sector, however.  This occurs for the same reasons that give rise to the
peak year phenomenon discussed earlier.  This peak  year phenomenon affects the
construction industry by requiring an over-building of octane production facili-
ties prior to the peak year.  After the peak year,  new construction  is virtually
limited to increasing crude oil capacity to meet growing demand.  Capacity of the
more expensive refinery process units, mainly those concerned with conversion and
octane upgrading, will exceed requirements for several years as pool octanes
decline after the peak year.

         The process construction industry obtains  business from three major
sources.  One is refinery construction.  Another is chemical plant construction.
The third is foreign engineering and construction of both refineries and chemical
plants.  If construction work from the chemical and foreign sectors  follows a
predictable pattern of growth and the refinery construction load is  added to this
base, lead removal according to Schedule L would result in a business cycle of
approximately 4-years duration amounting to a business loss of 20% in the first
year of the cycle.  The slowest rate of lead removal,  represented by Schedule A,
does not show a peak year effect nor does it show a tendency toward  generating a
business cycle.

        Due to the inherent lag time in building process capacity, i.e., accepted
bid to accepted plant, it was assumed in the construction analysis that (a) the
1971 and 1972 capacities could not be significantly altered by  decisions made in
late 1971, and that (b) the projected refinery investments as reported in the Oil
and Gas Journal26 would serve as a base.  Therefore, differences in  investment
requirements for the schedules studied were assumed to be zero  .in years 1971 and
 Lower estimates of this figure have been published but appear not to include all
 the cost components determined in this study.
RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                        3-8

-------
1972.  Actually, construction wiich will permit increasing gasoline octane has
been announced for 1970 and 1971 in  excess  of $100 million.   The added costs for
1971 and 1972 reflect an estimate of the cost of capacity being presently built
which, in total or in part, has been justified for the production of unleaded
gasoline.


3.3.4    Impact on Petrochemical Costs

         The removal of lead additives from gasoline, according to virtually any
of the schedules studied, should no.t have any significant long-term effect on
petrochemical costs.  Calculated incremental costs for producing aromatics varied
erratically from schedule to schedule without showing any definite pattern.  The
size of variations was in the +_ 10% range.   The relatively low octane of the
unleaded grade and the expected percentage decline of refinery gasoline yields
alleviate the potential problem of rising aromatics cost.

         The impact of unleaded gasoline on aromatics costs  is very sensitive to
pool octane number.  If unleaded gasoline octanes were to rise above the 93 level
used in this study, a rapid aromatics cost increase would follow.

         During the early years of a schedule such as L or M,  the aromatics market
might become unsettled.  During these years aromatics production capacity would be
substantially increased.  This could result in large spot imbalances between this
capacity and aromatics demand.  Similar situations have historically led to price
instabi lities.

         The impact of an unleaded gasoline program on the cost of light olefins,
such as ethylene and propylene, can be expected to be insignificant for two rea-
sons.  The most important reason is that investment costs can  be expected to pre-
dominate in setting price trends.  During the 10-year period encompassed by this
study, the traditional olefin feed stocks in the U.S. will be  insufficient to meet
new demands.  Consequently, heavier feeds must be employed in  new olefin units,
and it is most likely that these heavy feeds will come predominately from gas
oils.  The value of by-product gas oils from the refinery is not as sensitive to
the refinery pool octane as are streams which blend directly into gasoline.


3.3.5    Impact on Leaded Gasoline Composition (See Figures  3-2 and 3-3)

         Rapid lead removal schedules require the production and blending into
gasoline of more aromatics.  Increasing aromatics concentration in gasoline to be
used in cars without exhaust reactors (pre-1975 cars) may increase exhaust gas
reactivity.  Further research on this matter is under way.  If the findings of
Eccleston and Hum31 are confirmed, then the higher aromatics  content gasoline
will aggravate the photochemical smog problem.
RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                       3-9

-------
Lead       Aromatics
(Thousands (Millions
of Tons )   of Barrels}

  200 -i 800 -
  150 -
  100 -
   50 -
600
400
200
    0-1   0
                               SCHEDULE  A
                     71      72      73      74     75
                                               Year

                              O—  Lead


                              D —  Aromatics
                                               76     77     78     79      80
                                        SCHEDULE L
  200 -i 800
  150 -
  100 -
   50 -
600
400
200
    0-1   0
                     71      72      73
                                 74      75
                                      Year
76     77     78     79      80
              Figure  3-2.   Aromatics and Lead Levels  for  Three-Grade  System
   RGH-015
                             Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                        3-10

-------
Lead       Aromatics
(Thousands (Mi 1li ons
of Tons )   of Barrels;
                                    SCHEDULE G
  200 -)  800-
  150 _
  100 -
   50 _
    0 J
600.
400-
200-
                     71      72      73
                                 i
                                 74
  75
Year
                             O
                             D
                        Lead
                        Aromat i cs
76    77     78     79      80
                                        SCHEDULE M
  200 -.
   150-
   100-
    50-
     0-1
800-
600.
400-
200-
                     71      72     73     74
                                        75
                                      Year
          76     77      78     79     80
                   Figure  3-3.   Aromatics  and Lead Levels for Two-Grade  System
   RGH-015
                             Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                         3-11

-------
3.3.6
Impact on the  Small  Refiner
         Small refiners have an inherent disadvantage in competing with large
refiners.  This tends to be more pronounced than in other types of manufacturing,
Petroleum refining is very capital  intensive and economies  of scale in building
large units substantially affect total  manufacturing costs.   Table 2 shows how
typical Investment economics affect refiners of smaller size than the nominal
100,000 barrel refinery used as an  example 1n the study.
                                     TABLE 2
                   COMPARISON OF INVESTMENT TO CAPACITY RATIOS
                      (Relative to 100,000 Bbl/Day Refinery)
REFINERY THROUGHPUT
BBLS/DAY
100,000
50,000
30,000
10,000
RELATIVE
CAPACITY
1.000
1.32
1.63
2.5
UNIT
COST




         Small refineries have operated at a cost disadvantage for many years.
During the past twenty years the number of such refineries has dwindled from 155
to 74.  The trend of increasing gasoline octane has  accentuated this  disadvantage,
and further octane increases that would be characteristic of a lead removal  pro-
gram would accentuate the differences still  further.   Certain financial assistance
is presently provided the small refiner by the sliding scale feature  of the  crude
oil import quotas and by the provisions that guarantee small refiners access to
government petroleum procurements.

         A lead removal program will  place small refiners in a precarious compet-
itive position as illustrated by data in Table 3.  This table shows how added
costs for small refiners compared to  added costs for the example 100,000 barrel a
day refinery in one year of each of the four schedules.  If the viability of
small refinery operation is to be preserved, further financial assistance will
have to be granted to this  industry segment.
RGH-015
                         Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                   3-12

-------
                                      TABLE  3



                INCREASED MANUFACTURING  COST VERSUS REFINERY SIZE



                                (Cents Per Gal 1 on)
THROUGHPUT
BBL/DAY
100,000
50,000
30,000
10,000
THREE GRADES
A
0.21
0.24
0.26
0.33
(1976)
L
0.90
1.05
1.13
1 .40
TWO GRADES
G
0.51
0.59
0.64
0.79
(1974)
M
0.68
0.79
1 .18
1 .78
RGH-015
                          Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                              3-13

-------
                                    SECTION 4
                     DETAILED STUDY RESULTS AND CONCLUSIONS
         The four schedules selected for Intensive study (see Section 2) are dis-
cussed in detail in this section of the report.  An analysis of the impact upon
distribution costs is first presented in paragraph 4.1.  Each of the schedules,
A, L, G, and M, is described in paragraphs 4.2 through 4..5 in terms of the result-
ing process conditions, capacity changes and gasoline blending situations for the
selected periods.

         Paragraph 4.7 presents the results of a series of sensitivity analyses
performed on these results.  The effect of these schedules upon the small
refiner's costs is described in paragraph 4.8 with other implications of lead
removal  for the small refiner.   Paragraph 4.9 describes the impact upon engineer-
ing and  construction activities.  Implications and conclusions about the effects
of lead  reduction on petrochemicals are presented in paragraph 4.10, and finally,
selected results from the California model  extrapolations are presented in para-
graph 4.11.

         In presenting these results, it is convenient to use refinery terminology
and to talk about effects in terms  of the single refinery model  that was  employed.
Many of  the simplifying assumptions employed in modeling are not valid for unique
situations, however.   Although  most of the  effects have been extrapolated to rep-
resent national quantities, it  would be incorrect to extend certain detail  and a
serious  mistake to extend other results.  Because the study procedure was designed
to measure "industry" effects,  it 1s recommended that the reader neither attempt
to draw  additional conclusions  nor  apply these results to specific refining
si tuati ons.

         In order to simplify the description of the gasoline blends for the
selected years  of each selected schedule, the components have been grouped  into
stocks that would be produced by a  particular kind of process and have thus
arrived  at 6 categories of gasoline blending stocks.  These are cracked stocks
(coming  from catalytic cracking), alkylate  products including propylene,  butylene,
and pentylene  alkylates, aromatic stocks such as reformates and extracted aromat-
ics , light iso-paraffins , (particularly iso-butane, iso-pentane and iso-hexane),
paraffinic stocks (made up primarily of virgin gasolines and raffinates)  and
finally  a miscellaneous category including  such things as thermally cracked gaso-
lines and visbreaker gasoline.   In  addition to this stream type composition,  the
hydrocarbon type analysis of each blend has also been shown.
RGH-015                  Bonner&Moore Associates, Inc.                         '

-------
4.1      LEAD REMOVAL DISTRIBUTION COSTS

         This analysis developed cost projections for the gasoline distribution
facilities changes which would be required by the various proposed lead removal
schedules.

         Three-grade lead removal schedules affect the gasoline distribution sys-
tem because marketing a third grade requires additional tanks and pumps in sta-
tions which previously marketed only two grades.  Service stations, including
other retail  businesses which sell gasoline, are the most critical element in the
distribution  system because of the large number of these installations that may be
involved.  Other important elements are the bulk stations and terminals and the
transportation  fac11ities--pipelines , barges, tankers and tank  trucks.


4.1.1    Input Data Description - Sources, Premises1'2

         There are over 356,000 branded outlets  in the United States,  of which
222,000 are service stations.  A service station receives over half of its sales
revenues from petroleum products—other outlets  receive less than half.  For this
analysis the  term "service station", or "station", refers to branded outlets in
general  unless specifically stated otherwise.

         A number of companies  have already gone to three-grade marketing or have
announced their commitment to go to three grades by the end  of 1971.   Their deci-
sion to go to three grades may  have been totally independent of lead-removal dis-
cussions or may have been made  on the assumption that three  grades would ultimately
be requi red .

         To aid in the  projection of costs to accomplish the different lead-
removal schedules, petroleum companies  have been classified  into four groups1':

         n    Historical three-grade marketers  who added a third grade of gasoline
              before lead removal  became an item of concern.

         n    Three-grade marketers converting  primarily in  1970-71  by adding
              a third,  no-lead  or low-leaded grade of gasoline.

         a    Two-grade marketers who will  convert to three  grades if government
              regulations  favor a three-grade schedule.   Marketers who stock two
              grades and blend  the third are in  this  group.

         n    Two-grade marketers  who will  continue to market only two grades,
              choosing  the best two out  of three grades  if a three-grade schedule
              is favored.
'Appendix 0 lists the companies in each of these groups.
RGH-015                   Boriner & Moore Associates, Inc.

-------
         1 )    Service Station Conversion Cost

              The cost to convert a station to three-grade service is based upon
         the installation of a new tank and two dispensers with  pumps, and the
         modification of two islands plus associated piping, structural  and elec-
         trical  work.  The cost is a weighted average cost per station that con-
         siders  the number of stations  by region and the building cost index for
         that region.  Using these factors, a typical conversion cost for a Gulf
         Coast marketer, $7,350, becomes $8,030 for the United States as  a whole.
         These figures are derived in the following manner:

              Cost of tank (assumed 10,000 gal fiberglass           $1,500
                   or coated steel)

              Excavation and backfill                                1,400*

              Dispensers with suction pumps - 2 per station          1,050

              Piping and trenching                                   1,400*
              Conversion of 2 islands                                 2,000
                   Total investment per station (Gulf Coast)         $7,350
              *$4800 subtotal adjusted for construction cost
               variations over U.S.  (avg.  1 4.183! increase)             680
                                                                          *
                   Average investment per station (U.S.)             $8,030

         2)   Distribution Terminal Conversion Cost

              The cost to convert a terminal  is the cost  of a new tank  plus  asso-
         ciated pumps and piping.  These are  estimated to require $150,000  per
         terminal.   In general, bulk stations will  not need additional  tankage.

              When  converting from leaded to  lead-free gasoline,  special  cleaning
         of tanks is not considered necessary.  Routine and regular cleaning for
         other purposes, plus a transition period when lead-free  fuel  will  mix
         with any leaded fuel  that  may still be in the tanks, are  assumed  to
         prevent any unacceptable lead levels in the  gasoline after the  transition
         period.
RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.

-------
4.1.2    Methods of Analysis and Extrapolation

         Group 1 companies are those marketing or having facilities to market
three grades of gasoline prior to 1970.  These include Gulf, Humble, Standard of
California, Standard of Kentucky and a part of Phillips.  Group 2 companies have
made public announcements about their intentions to market three gasoline grades
in 1970-71.  The remaining majors are in group 3, and it is assumed that they
also will go to three grades if a three-grade schedule is chosen.  The remaining
independents are in group 4, and it is assumed that they will  remain two-grade
marketers regardless of the two-grade vs. three-grade decision.

         The historical terminal growth data of 1963 through 1967 were projected
to 1971, resulting in an estimated 1902 terminals.   This number is  proportioned
to the four groups in the same proportion as the current number of  stations in
each group.  An estimated 40% of the terminals will need additional tankage.

         The relation of announced station conversions to the  total number of
stations for the same companies results in a conversion  rate of 65.8% of total
stations.  This percentage is used to estimate the  number of station conversions
i n groups 1, 2 and 3.

         Some two-grade stations may have sufficient dispensers and/or tanks  to
permit their conversion to three-grade stations at  less  than the $8,030 per sta-
tion used in this  study.  Because an extensive survey would be required to deter-
mine the number of such stations, estimated conversion costs may be overstated.

         New station construction is assumed to be  4,000 per year.   Assuming
65.8% are three-grade facilities, and applying an incremental  cost  of $8.030
more than two-grade facilities, the additional cost per  year is estimated to  be
more than $21 million.   New, three-grade stations are assumed  only  for four years
(1972-75) because  after 1975 the projected demand for 100 octane gasoline will
fall below 10% of  total demand, which should reduce incentive  to build additional
three-grade stations after this time.

         In summary, the estimated investments are  as follows:

         1)   Group 1 investments (prior to 1970)              $510 million
              (not included in schedules)

         2)   Group 2 investments (already committed)          $746 million
RQH-015                  Bonner At Moore Associates, Inc.                       "~"

-------
         3)    Group  3 costs  (applies  to three-grade schedules)   $463 million

         4)    New construction  (applies to three-grade           $ 85 million
              s chedules)

              Previously  Committed Investment
              to go  to Three-Grade (Group 2)  --	-- $746 million

              Future Investment Required for
              Group  3 Companies and New
              Construction for  Three-Grade
              Over Two-Grade Systems  	 $548 million

              Distribution Facilities
              Investment  Required for
              Marketing Third Grade of
              Unleaded Gasoline 	  $1294 million
RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.

-------
4.2
SCHEDULE A
4.2. 1
Description of Schedule
         Lead removal Schedule A is for a three-grade marketer in which the lowest
octane grade (93.0 RON) is permitted to have 0.5 gm of lead additive per gallon
until 1974, at which time all lead is removed from it.  The grades corresponding
to current regular and premium gasolines are permitted to contain lead throughout
the schedule.
4.2.2
Reason for Selecting Schedule A for Study
         Schedule A was selected for study because, of all the schedules offered,
it obviously had the smallest impact on the refining industry.  It represents the
minimum cost route (to the refiner) for providing lead-free gasolines for automo-
biles manufactured post-1974.
4.2.3
Raw Stock Effects
         The mildness of this schedule is illustrated by the small  difference in
total raw material usage compared to the reference schedule.  However, this dif-
ference increases in the later years of the schedule as the unleaded grade becomes
the dominant grade.   Table 4  shows the raw stock usage of Schedule  A and the ref-
erence schedule in terms of crude oil  natural  gasoline and butanes.
                                     TABLE  4
                      RAW STOCK REQUIREMENTS FOR SCHEDULE A
                            (Millions of Barrels/Year)

Normal Butane
Iso-Butane
Natural Gasoline
Sub-Total
Crude Oi 1
Total
SIncrease in Crude
1971
A
68.5
49.4
192.9
310.8
4384.9
4695.7
Reference
66.6
48.0
192.9
307.5
4369.7
4677.2
1976
A
80.0
57.7
192.9
330.6
5548.2
5878.8
Reference
79.8
57.3
192.9
330.0
5417.3
5747.3
1980
A
92.7
66.7
192.9
352.3
6764.0
7116.3
Reference
79.8
57.4
192.9
330. 1
6557.1
6887.2
0.34 2.42 3.16
RGH-015
                         Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                     4-6

-------
         There are two factors causing the increased need for raw stocks.  One,
the need for replacement of material converted to low valued fuels, is caused by
the more severe processing needed to raise unleaded pool octane.  The other is the
increased volume of gasoline required to compensate for inefficiencies of  low
compression ratio engines and for mileage penalties resulting from exhaust gas
recycling required to control oxides of nitrogen emissions
                                                          30
                                                      Without a complete
exploration of the volume-quality effects, it 1s impossible to identify how these
two factors contribute to the total Increase in raw stock requirements.

         A partial answer to the increased severity contribution can be obtained
by, comparing the fuel gas and coke productions for Schedule A and the Reference
Schedule.  These are presented in the next section.  The volume increase contri-
bution is reviewed in the volume sensitivity discussion of paragraph 4.7.
4.2.4
Dy-Product Effects
         The increased severity of processing, mentioned above, is further illus-
trated by the increased production of fuel gas and coke (both variable products).
These are shown in Table 5 along with the reference figures.


                                     TABLE 5
                      BY-PRODUCT PRODUCTION FOR SCHEDULE A


Coke, Thousand Tons/Year
Fuel Gas Trillion BTU/Year
1971
A
14.3
1220
Reference
14.1
1195
1976
A
24.8
1584
Reference
23.8
1528
1980
A
37.5
2066
Reference
36.1
2070
         The lower production of fuel gas (Schedule A versus Reference Schedule)
in 1980 is a consequence of the relatively mild demand for quality imposed and
the volume expansion achieved with hydrocracking.   As shown in Tables 8 and 27,
the 1980 hydrocracking capacity Is an estimated 1.6 million barrels per day com-
pared to 900 thousand barrels per day for the reference schedule case.
8GH-015
                         Bonner Ac Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                    4-7

-------
4.2.5
Motor Gasoline Blending
         Table 7 shows the characteristics and composition of each of the three
gasoline grades as well as pertinent pool (composite) properties.  It is inter-
esting to note that forcing the 93 grade to be unleaded in 1974 did not require
the maximum of 3.0 gm/gal  in the remaining grades until 1975.  Table 6 presents
the TEL levels for each grade for each year.


                                     TABLE 6
                      TEL CONTENTS OF SCHEDULE A GASOLINES
                                     (gm/gal)
Grade
93
94
100
Pool
1971
0.5
2.1
2.3
2.0
1972
0.5
2.2
2.5
2.0
1973
0.5
2.3
2.7
1.9
1974
0
2.5
2.8
1.8
1975
0
2.6
3.0
1 .7
1976
0
2.7
3.0
1.6
1977
0
2.7
3.0
1 .3
1978
0
2.7
3.0
1 .1
1979
0
2.8
3.0
1.0
1980
0
2.8
3.0
0.9
         The 1971 pool lead content for Schedule A is in part caused by 6.5% of
the pool being the 93 grade.  However, both the 94 and 100 grades, neither of
which was restricted in lead content, were also low relative to the Reference
Schedule (see Table 29).   This stems from the lower pool  clear octane of Schedule
A in 1971 because of the  adherence to car population octane requirement for
Schedule A and overbuying exhibited by present premium-to-regular ratios (see
paragraph 5.3) imposed in the Reference Schedule.
4.2.6
Process Capacity Changes
         Table 8 shows the in-plant capacities for major processes for selected
years.  No overbuilding of capacity was allowed.   The added capacities for Sched-
ule A are only slightly greater than those in the reference case (see Table 28).
The capacity under 1971, 1976 and 1980 represents the required capacity for that
year.  For example, crude distillation capacity increased by 3,200,000 B/D to
reach the 15,200,000 B/D shown for 1976.   This increase for 1972 through 1976 is
about 600 B/D per year.  It should be noted that the capacities shown do not rep-
resent any surplus capacity (except the usual service factor, assumed in this
study to be 93%).
RGH-015
                         Bon tier Ac Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                   4-8

-------
                                    TABLE  7
                        GASOLINE SUMMARY  FOR  SCHEDULED
                                (Sheet  1  of  2)

93 Octane Blend:
Volume, 109 Gals/Year
TEL, Gm/Gal
Leaded RON
Leaded MON
Clear RON
Clear MON
Stream Composition, %
Cracked Stocks
Alkylate Products
Aromatic Based
Light Iso-Paraf f i ns
Paraffinic Stocks
Miscel laneous
Hydrocarbon Composition, %
Paraffi ns
Olefins
Naphthenes
Aromati cs
94 Octane Blend:
Volume, 109 Gals/Year
TEL, Gm/Gal
Leaded RON
Leaded MON
Clear RON
Clear MON
Stream Composition, %
Cracked Stocks
Alkylate Products
Aromatic Based
Light Iso-Paraffins
Paraffinic Stocks
Mi seel 1 aneous
Hydrocarbon Composition, %
Paraffi ns
Olefins
Naphthenes
Aromati cs
1971

6.2
0.50
93.0
85.0
89.9
81 .0

48
19
14
1
11
7

49
22
11
18

55.8
2.10
94.0
86.0
85.6
77.8

48
5
17
-
27
3

46
22
13
19
1976

47.4
0
-
-
93.0
85.0

9
18
50
9
14
-

58
5
5
32

50.9
2.68
94.0
86.0
84.3
76.8

45
-
18
-
32
5

46
20
14
20
1980

88.4
0
-
-
93.0
85.0

11
16
48
7
17
1

55
6
5
34

35.9
2.77
94.0
86.0
83.9
76.8

59
-
-
-
38
3

45
23
14
18
RGH-015
                           Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
4-9

-------
                                   TABLE  7
                      GASOLINE  SUMMARY  FOR SCHEDULE A
                               (Sheet 2  of 2)

100 Octane Blend:
Volume, 109 Gals/Year
TEL, Gm/Gal
Leaded RON
Leaded MON
Clear RON
Clear MON
Stream Composition, %
Cracked Stocks
Alkylate Products
Aromati c Based
Light Iso-Paraffins
Paraffinic Stocks
Miscel laneous
Hydrocarbon Composition, %
Paraffi ns
Olefins
Naphthenes
Aromati cs
Pool:
Stream Composition, %
Cracked Stocks
Alkylate Products
Aromatic Based
Light Iso-Paraffins
Paraffinic Stocks
Mi s eel 1 aneous
Hydrocarbon Composition, %
Paraffi ns
Olefi ns
Naphthenes
Aromati cs
RON Clear
MON Clear
1971

29.8
2.29
100.0
93.0
94.5
84.5

-
25
54
9
12
-

66
-
2
32


35
11
27
3
22
2

52
16
10
22
88.5
80.0
1976

13.4
3.00
100.0
92.2
90.8
81.9

38
35
9
-
18
-

65
16
7
12


29
11
31
4
23
2

53
13
10
24
88.5
80.9
1980

4.1
3.00
100.0
92.0
90.9
81.9

40
34
8
-
18
-

63
17
7
13


25
12
34
5
23
1

53
11
7
29
90.4
82.6
RGH-015
                          Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                               4-10

-------
                                     TABLE 8
                  PROCESS CAPACITY REQUIREMENTS FOR SCHEDULE A

Crude Distillation
Coki ng
Cat Cracking
Hydrocracki ng
Cat Reforming
Alkylation
Extracti on
Isomerization
Millions of Barrels/Day
1971
12.0
0.8
3.6
0.6
2.2
0.8
0.3
0.1
1976
15.2
1.4
3.6
1.1
3.0
0.9
1.2
0.1
1980
18.5
2.0
3.6
1.6
3.8
1.2
1 .5
0.1
4.2.7
Cost Effects
         Table 9  shows the annual  cost for Schedule A relative to the Reference
Schedule.   Added  costs are broken down into refining investment costs, other
refining costs and distribution investment costs.  These costs are shown both as
millions of dollars per year and as cents per gallon of total gasoline.

         The "other" refining cost category represents the net effect of increase
in operating costs, raw stock costs and product degradation costs plus credits
for decreased lead usage and by-products.  Included in this cost is the effect of
assuming constant value per barrel  of gasoline even though the subject case is
not the same ratio of premium and regular as in the reference case.
RGH-015
                 Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                    4-11

-------
                                                                TABLE 9


                                                      COST EFFECTS OF SCHEDULE A
National Added Costs, MM$/Yr.
Refining Investment Costs
Other Refining Costs
Total Added Refining Cost
Added Distribution Costs
Total Added Cost
National Added Cost, if/Gal*
Refining Investment Costs
Other Refining Costs
Total Added Refining Cost
Added Distribution Costs
Total Added Cost
1971
4
(21)
(17)
170
153
(0.03)
(0.03)
0.19
0.16
1972
(69)
(69)
255
186
(0.08)
(0.08')
0..28
0.20
1973
15
(130)
( 1 1>5 )
740
225
0.02
(0.13.
(0.11
0.34
0.23
1974
64
(178)
('114)
340
226
0.06
(0.17)
(0.11)
0.33
0.22
1975
96
(214)
(118)
340
222
0.09
(0.19)
(0.10)
0.32
0.22
1976
141
(250)
(109)
340
231
0.13
(0.22)
(0.09)
0.30
0.21
1977
214
(316)
(102)
340
238
0.18
(0.26)
(0.08)
0.29
0.21
1978
263
(3b3)
(90)
340
250
0.22
(0.29)
(0.07)
0.28
0.21
1979
326
(407)
(81)
340
259
0.26
(0.32)
(0..06)
0.27
0.. 21
1980
383
(441)
(58)
340
282
0.30
(0.35)
(0.05)
0.26
0, 21
*Using total gasoline demand as a divisor.
D
0
3
3
re
•t
3
0
0
1
(5

-------
4.3      SCHEDULE L
4.3.1     Description of Schedule

         Schedule L is  a lead removal  schedule for a three-grade marketer.   It
removes lead from all  grades of gasoline as quickly as possible within th«  pro-
jected growth capacity  of the construction industry.  It was developed as a
replacement for Schedule E of the original RFP when it was discovered that  the
amount of process construction implied by Schedule E exceeded the capability of
the construction industry.  The 93.0 Research Octane grade was required to  be
clear in 1974.
4.3.2    Reason for Selecting Schedule L for Study

         Original  study plans called for a detailed study of the extreme
('easiest'  and 'most difficult1)  schedules for the two-grade and three-grade mar-
keters.   The effects of intermediate schedules could then be estimated by inter-
polation.   It was  anticipated that Schedule E would represent the 'most difficult'
schedule for the three-grade marketer.  After some preliminary work  with Schedule
E, it was  decided  to replace it with a new schedule which did not exceed the
estimated  capabilities  of the construction industry but, at the same time, removed
lead from  gasoline as rapidly as  possible.  Schedule L fulfills this criterion.
4.3.3    Raw Stock Effects

         Where subjected to the requirement of minimizing TEL in gasoline, the
model shows the expected result of requiring more raw stock than in a less
restrictive schedule.   Both Schedules L and M (discussed later in this section)
utilize more crude oil and natural gasoline than either Schedule A or G.  Table 10
presents the raw stock requirements for Schedule L as well  as those of the refer-
ence case.   It is apparent from these figures that lead removal  requires increased
raw stock consumption.

         Compared to Schedule A in 1976 (see Table 4), Schedule  L requires more
crude oil and total raw stock, but not as much natural gasoline  and butanes.   Even
though the reference schedule shows a decline in natural gas liquids utilization,
the principal action causing the decrease is the internal production of light
hydrocarbons, thus reducing the need for outside purchase.   The  drop in percentage
crude increase in 1980 from 1976 is the result of the decrease in both 94 and 100
octane gasoline grades in that period.  Compared to the behavior of Schedule A,
Schedule L exhibits the marked effect of producing all gasoline  without lead by
1976.
RGH-015                   Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.

-------
                                     TABLE 10
                      RAK STOCK REQUIREMENTS FOR SCHEDULE L
                           (Millions of Barrels/Year)

Normal Butane
Iso-Butane
Natural Gasoline
Sub-total
Crude 011
Total
% Increase In Crude
1972
L
92.6
66.7
192.9
352.2
4634.5
4986.7
1
Reference
69.8
50.2
192.9
312.9
4553.7
4866.6
77
1974
L
68.5
49.3
192.9
310.7
5090.9
5401.6
2
Reference
81.6
58.7
192.9
333.2
4954.4
5287.6
76
1976
L
86. 1
62.0
76.5
224.6
5689.8
5914.4
5
Reference
79.8
57.3
192.9
330.0
5417.3
5747.3
03
1980
L
92.6
66.7
162.3
321 .6
6772.9
7094.5
3
Reference
79.8
57.4
192.9
330.1
6557.1
6887.2
29
4.3.4
By-Product Effects
         Table 11 presents a comparison of the fuel gas and coke production  for
Schedule L and the reference schedule.  Because fuel oil demand was held constant,
coke production is correlated closely with crude oil run.  However, fuel gas pro-
duced is related more to overall refinery severity.  This is readily apparent when
comparing this schedule with both Schedule A (Table 5) and Schedule G  (Table 17).


                                     TABLE 11
                       BY PRODUCT PRODUCTION FOR SCHEDULE L
Coke ,
MMTons/Year
Fuel Gas ,
1012BTU/Year
1972
L
16.6
1710
Reference
15.8
1268
1974
L
20.8
1825
Reference
19.5
1360
1976
L
26.2
2055
Reference
23.8
1528
1980
L
37.2
2079
Reference
36.1
2070
RQH-015
                          Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                     4-14

-------
4.3.5
Motor Gasoline Blending
         Table 12 presents the lead concentration of each of the three grades for
each year examined under Schedule L.   The relatively low TEL levels in each grade
(as early as 1972) emphasize the fact that TEL reduction becomes increasingly
difficult and costly as concentrations approach zero.  This is further emphasized
where one observes the gradual decrease in TEL levels from 1972 to 1976 when all
three grades finally are forced to be made without TEL.


                                    TABLE 12
                      TEL CONTENTS OF SCHEDULE L GASOLINES*
                                    (gm/gal)

93 Octane Grade
94 Octane Grade
100 Octane Grade
Pool
1972
0.4
0.9
0.7
0.8
1973
0.4
0.7
0.3
0.6
1974
0.0
0.5
0.3
0.4
1975
0.0
0.2
0.3
0.1
1976
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
'"'All grades unleaded after l'J75.
          The  lower  lead  levels  shown  for  the  100  grade gasoline  compared to  the
 94  grade  gasoline in  1972,  1973  and  1974  result from  the  fact  that premium level
 octane  is  derived from components which show  less response to  lead additives than
 those which will satisfy the  lower quality grades.  In 1975, premium shows
 slightly  more  lead  than  the 94  grade  because  the  emphasis is beginning to shift
 from  Research  Octane  to  Motor Octane  limitation and the lead response octane
 level balance  shifts  slightly.


          Table 13 presents the characteristics of Schedule L gasolines for
 selected  years.  As can  be seen  from  the pool composition data,  there is a strong
 (inverse)  relationship between gasoline aromaticity and TEL content.   It also
 shows the  benefit of  small amounts of TEL compared to unleaded fuels.  It appears
 that TEL  reduction  at low concentration requires  about 3 barrels of aromatics
 (replacing 3 Bbls of  non-aromatics) per pound of TEL eliminated.
 RGH-015
                          Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                    4-15

-------
                                  TABLE 13
                       GASOLINE SUMMARY FOR SCHEDULE  L
                               (Sheet 1 of 2)

93 Octane Blend:
Volume, 109 Gals/Year
TEL, gm/gal
Leaded RON
Leaded MON
Clear RON
Clear MON
Stream Composition, %
Cracked Stocks
Alkylate Products
Aromatic Based
Light Iso-Paraffins
Paraffinic Stocks
Mi seel 1 aneous
Hydrocarbon Compos i tion , %
Paraffins
Olef ins
Naphthenes
Aromati cs
94 Octane Blend:
Volume, 109 Gals/Year
TEL, gm/gal
Leaded RON
Leaded MON
Clear RON
Clear MON
Stream Composition, %
Cracked Stocks
Alkylate Products
Aromati c Based
Light Iso-Paraffins
Paraffinic Stocks
Miscel laneous
Hydrocarbon Composi ti on, %
Paraf f i ns
Olefins
Naphthenes
Aromati cs
1972

11.9
0.398
93.0
85.0
90.9
81.4

49
11
18
13
8
1

50
21
8
21

55.8
0.902
94.0
86.0
89.2
80.1

43
9
26
-
21
1

51
18
7
24
1974

22.4
0.0
-
-
93.0
85.0

28
19
26
14
13
-

54
12
6
28

60.8
0.523
94.0
86.0
91.0
81.5

41
9
29
1
20
"

47
17
7
29
1976

47.4
0.0
-
-
93.0
85.0

38
6
23
16
16
1

44
11
6
39

50.9
0.0
-
-
94.0
86.0

23
20
39
-
18
—

48
13
4
35
1980

88.4
0.0
-
-
93.0
85.0

26
5
39
3
26
1

41
10
7
42

35.9
0.0
-
•
94.0
86.0

24
31
23
16
6
"

64
12
3
21
RGH-015
                          Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
4-16

-------
                                   TABLE  13
                       GASOLINE  SUMMARY  FOR SCHEDULE L
                                (Sheet  2  of  2)

100 Octane Blend:
Volume, 10 9Gals/Year
TEL, gm/gal
Leaded RON
Leaded MON
Clear RON
Clear MON
Stream Composition, %
Cracked Stocks
Alkylate Products
Aromatic Based
Light Iso-Paraf fins
Paraffinic Stocks
Mi s eel 1 aneous
Hydrocarbon Composition,*
Paraf f i ns
Olefins
Naphthenes
Aromati cs
Pool:
Stream Composition, %
Cracked Stocks
Alkylate Products
Aromatic Based
Light Iso-Paraffins
Paraffinic Stocks
Mi seel 1 aneous
Hydrocarbon Composi ti on, %
Paraffins
Olefins
Naphthenes
Aromati cs
RON Clear
MON Clear
1972

26.0
0.674
100.0
92.4
98.4
87.8

_
27
57
9
7
-

58
-
3
39


34
14
32
3
16
1

52
15
6
27
91.7
82.2
1974

19.3
0.329
100.0
92.0
99.2
89.6

-
23
54
12
. 9
2

51
-
4
45


32
13
32
5
17
1

49
13
6
32
92.9
83.7
1976

13.4
0.0
-
-
101.4
92.0

_
19
53
8
20
-

47
-
-
53


27
14
34
7
17
1

46
11
5
38
94.4
86.3
1980

4.1
0.0
-
-
100.7
92.0

18
40
33
-
9
-

67
-
-
33


25
13
34
7
20
1

48
10
6
36
93.5
85.5
RGH-015
                          Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                              4-17

-------
4.3.6
Process Capacity Changes
         Table 14 shows the major process plant capacities for the selected years
of this schedule.  These can be compared to the reference schedule capacities
shown in Table 27.  Development of Schedule L was restricted to use processes
that 'were shown to be needed in 1976.  In other words, the models were not per-
mitted to employ processes in early years that were not selected in 1976 (the
peak year).  Doing so caused certain justifiable processes to be ignored.  As
explained in paragraph  5.1,  this  procedure is believed to be more representative
of planning practices than one imposing no look-ahead.
                                    TABLE 1i
                   PROCESS  CAPACITY REQUIREMENTS  FOR  SCHEDULE  L

Crude Distillation
Coking
Cat Cracking
Hydrocracki ng
Cat Reforming
Al kylati on
Extracti on
Isomeri zation
Millions of Barrels/Day
1972
13.1
1.1
3.6
0.6
2.8
1.0
0.3
0.2
1974
14.3
1.3
3.6
0.9
3.3
1.0
1.0
0.2
1976
15.7
1 .7
3.6
1.6
4.1
1.2
2.6
0.2
1980
18.7
2.4
3.6
1 .7
4.6
1 .3
2.9
0.2
RGH-015
                          Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                    4-18

-------
4.3.7    Cost Effects
         Table 15 shows the annual cost effects for Schedule L relative to the
Reference Schedule.   Added costs are broken down into refining investment costs,
other refining costs and distribution investment costs.   These costs are shown
both as millions of dollars per year and as cents per gallon of total gasoline.

         The "other" refining cost category represents the net effect of increase
in operating costs,  raw stock costs and product degradation costs plus credits
for decreased lead usage and by-products.   Included in this cost is the effect of
assuming constant value per barrel of gasoline even through the subject case pool
is not the same ratio of premium and regular as in the reference case.  (See
paragraph 4.7.4.)

         A striking example of the cost of producing low-lead gasolines is shown
by comparing 1976 Schedule A (Table  9) with 1976 Schedule L.  The cost difference
in these two cases is about 770 million dollars annually in domestic refining
costs.  The difference in TEL consumption  between these two cases is about 390
million pounds of TEL annually; thus removal costs about $2.00 per pound of TEL
el iininated.
RGH-015                   Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                       "I-I 3

-------
•yo
•a
o

Ol
          TABLE 15

COST EFFECTS OF SCHEDULE L
National Added Costs, MM$/Yr.
Refining Investment Costs
Other Refining Costs
Total Added Refining Costs
Added Distribution Costs
Total Added Cost
National Added Costs, I/Gal*
Refining Investment Costs
Other Refining Costs
Total Added Refining Costs
Added Distribution Costs
Total Added Cost -
*Using total gasoline demand as a divisor.
1972
209
(10)
199
25a
454

0.21
(0.01)
0.20
0,28
0.48

1973
299
(79)
22U
340
560

0.30
(0.08)
0,22
0.34
0,56

1974
407
(107)
300
340
640

0.40
(0.11)
0.29
0.33
0.62

1975
623
(54)
569
340
909

0.58
(0.05)
0.53
0.32
0,85

1976
844
(182)
662
340
1002

0.76
(0.16)
0.60
0.30
0.90

1977
843
(258)
585
340
925

0.73
(0.22)
0.51
0.29
0.80

1978
852
(339)
513
340
853

0.71
(0.28)
0.43
0.28
0.71

1979
881
(406)
475
340
815

0.7]
(0.32)
0.39
0.27
0.66

1980
905
(471)
434
340
774

0.70
(0.36)
O.J4
0.26
0.60

CD
0
3
3
(D
2
o
o
(8
If
 ro
 O

-------
4.4
SCHEDULE G
4.4.1
Description of Schedule
         Lead removal Schedule G is a schedule for a two-grade marketer where the
octanes of the grades correspond to the current regular and premium gasolines.
The regular (94.0 Research Octane) gasoline is permitted to contain 0.5 gm of
lead additive until 1974, at which time the additive must be removed.  The pre-
mium grade (100.0 Research Octane) is permitted to contain up to 3.0 gm of lead
additive throughout the schedule.
1.4.2
Reason for Selecting Schedule G for Study
         Schedule G could be seen to have the least impact on the refiners of any
of the two-grade schedules offered.   This is caused by all others having  the same
lead schedule on the regular gasoline and equal  or lower allowable lead content
in premium gasolines.
4.4.3
Raw Stock Effects
         Although the least demanding of the two-grade schedules. Schedule G fs
noticeably more costly and more demanding than Schedule A.  The higher crude oil
requirements are an indication of this.   Table 16 shows the crude and other raw
stock requirements along with the comparison figures for the reference schedule.
                                    TABLE 16
                      RAW STOCK REQUIREMENTS FOR SCHEDULE G
                           (Millions of Barrels/Year)

Normal Butane
Iso-Butane
Natural Gasoline
Sub-total
Crude Oil
Total
% Increase in Crude
1971
G
58.1
41.8
192.9
292.8
4393.9
4686.7
0
Reference
66.6
48.0
192.9
307.5
4369.7
4677.2
55
1974
G
72.4
52.1
97.2
221.7
5142.9
5364.6
3
Reference
81.6
58.7
192.9
333.2
4954.4
5287.6
80
1980
G
91.6
66.0
122.2
279.8
6815.1
7094.9
3
Reference
79.8
57.4
192.9
330. 1
6557.1
6887.2
93
RGH-015
                         Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                   4-21

-------
         Comparing the figures in Table 16 with those in Table 4 shows that the
two-grade schedules utilize more crude and less natural gasoline and butanes than
the three-grade schedules.   Directionally, a three-grade schedule was able to
utilize slightly more natural gasoline and/or butane purchases because the more
severe operations of the two-grade case produced more light hydrocarbons inter-
nally, thus requiring less  outside purchase.
4.4.4
By-Product Effects
         Table 17 presents a comparison of the fuel gas and coke productions for
Schedule G and the Reference Schedule.
                                    TABLE 17
                      BY-PRODUCT PRODUCTION FOR SCHEDULE G

Coke, Million Tons/Year
Fuel Gas , Trillion BTU/Year
1971
G
14.3
1271
Reference
14.1
1195
1974
G
21.2
1756
Reference
19.5
1360
1980
G
37.5
2087
Reference
36.1
2070
         A comparison of the 1971 and 1980 fuel gas production of Schedules A and
G (Tables 5 and 17) bears out the more severe operations required by two-grade
schedules.
4.4.5
Motor Gasoline Blending
         Table 18 shows the characteristics and composition of each of the two
grades for this schedule.   Also shown are the pertinent pool properties.   Another
indication of the difficulty of reducing TEL in a two-grade environment is shown
by the need to use 3 gm/gal in the 100 grade even in 1971.  In fact, maximum TEL
levels were required for each grade through the full ten years of Schedule G.
RGH-015
                         Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                             4-22

-------
                                  TABLE  18
                       GASOLINE SUMMARY  FOR  SCHEDULE  G
                                (Sheet  1  of 2)

94 Octane Blend:
Volume, 109 Gals/Year
TEL, gm/gal
Leaded RON
Leaded MON
Clear RON
Clear MON
Stream Composition, %
Cracked Stocks
Alkylate Products
Aromatic Based
Light Iso-Paraffins
Paraffinic Stocks
Mi seel 1 aneous
Hydrocarbon Composition, %
Pa raf f i ns
Olefins
Naphthenes
Aromati cs
100 Octane Blend:
Volume, 109 Gals/Year
TEL, gm/gal
Leaded RON
Leaded MON
Clear RON
Clear MON
Stream Composition, %
Cracked Stocks
Alkylate Products
Aromati c Based
Light Iso-Paraffins
Paraffinic Stocks
Miscel laneous
Hydrocarbon Composition, Z
Paraffins
Olefins
Naphthenes
Aromati cs
1971

62.0
0.5
94.0
86.0
91.7
82.6

35
6
34
6
18
1

45
15
7
33

29.8
3.0
100.0
92.0
91.3
81.8

34
28
19
-
19
-

62
14
6
18
1974

83.2
0.0
-
-
94.0
86.0

27
9
37
7
19
1

42
11
5
42

19.3
3.0
100.0
92.0
90.9
82.0

45
36
-
-
19
-

64
18
7
11
1980

124.3
0.0
-
-
94.0
86.0

24
13
36
7
19
1

46
10
5
39

4,1
3.0
100.0
92.0
90.9
82.0

45
36
-
-
19
-

64
18
7
11
RGH-015
                          Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
4-23

-------
                                    TABLE  18
                         GASOLINE SUMMARY  FOR  SCHEDULE  G
                                 (Sheet 2  of 2)

Pool :
Stream Composition, %
Cracked Stocks
Alkylate Products
Aromati c Based
Light Iso-Paraf fins
Paraffinic Stocks
Mis eel laneous
Hydrocarbon Composition, %
Paraf f i ns
Olefins
Naphthenes
Aromati cs
RON Clear
MON Clear
1971


35
12
30
4
18
1

50
15
7
28
SI. 8
82.6
1974


30
13
31
6
19
1

46
12
5
37
93.6
85.5
1980


24
14
35
7
19
1

47
10
5
38
93.9
85.9
RGH-015
                          Bonncr & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                               4-24

-------
4.4.6
Process Capacity Changes
         Table 19 shows the requirements for major process plant capacities for
each of the selected years of this schedule.  From these figures it is readily
apparent that reforming, hydrocracking and, to some extent, alkylation are the
processes required to produce the added octane quality of this schedule.  This
becomes more apparent when compared to A.  The requirement to make an unleaded
regular gasoline by 1974'shows Schedule G requiring 20% more reforming capacity
and almost 40% more hydrocracking as does Schedule A in 1976, two years later.
The large increase in extraction separation capacity in 1974 results from needing
to purify the aromatics from a large part of the reformate.  This effect is
apparent when one compares the gasoline pool compositions in Table 18 for years
1971 and 1974.  There, it can be seen that the fraction of the pool composed of
aromatic stocks is almost constant, while the percentage of aromatics increases
about 10%.  To accomplish this,  heavy raffinate from the extraction processes was
recycled to the reformer.


                                    TABLE 1_9
                  PROCESS CAPACITY REQUIREMENTS FOR SCHEDULE G

Crude Disti 1 lation
Coki ng
Cat Cracking
Hydrocracking
Cat Reforming
Alkylation
Extraction
Isomeri zati on
Millions of Barrels/Day
1971
12.4
1.0
3.6
0.9
2.8
0.9
0.9
0.1
1974
14.1
1.5
3.6
1.5
3.6
1.0
2.0
0.1
1980
18.7
2.6
3.6
2.0
4.9
1 .3
2.7
0.1
4.4.7
Cost Effects
         Table 20 shows the annual cost effects for Schedule G relative to the
Reference Schedule.  Added costs are broken down into refining investment costs
and other refining costs.  These costs are shown both as millions of dollars per
year and as cents per gallon of total gasoline.
RGH-015
                          Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                    4-25

-------
o

in
                                                                 TABLE  20


                                                       COST EFFECTS  OF  SCHEDULE G
National Added Costs, MM$/Yr.
Refining Investment Costs
Other Refining Costs
Total Added Refining Costs
National Added Costs, if/Gal*
Refining Investment Costs
Other Refining Costs
Total Added Refining Costs
1971
195
(17)
178
0.21
.(0.02)
0.19
1972
244
(15)
229
0.26
(0.02)
0.24
1973
278
(56)
222
0.28
(0,06)
0.22
1974
631
(54)
577
0.62
(0.06)
0.56
1975
669
(100)
569
0.62
(0.09)
0.53
1976
717
(149)
568
0.64
(0.13)
0.51
1977
750
(208)
542
0.65
(0.18)
0.47
1978
755
(271)
484
0.63
(0.23)
0.40
1979
840
(332)
508
0.68
u.27
0.41
1980
845
(388)
457
0.66
(0.30)
0.36
*Using total gasoline demand as a divisor.
D
o
3
3
n
2
0
0
"I
re
 -e»

 ro

-------
         The "other" refining cost category represents the net effect  of  increases
in operating costs, raw stock costs and product degradation costs plus  credits  for
decreased lead usage and by-products.  Included in this cost is the effect  of
assuming constant value per barrel of gasoline even though the subject  case  pool
is not the same ratio of premium and regular as in the reference case.  (See
paragraph 4.7.4.)

         Because Schedule G is a two-grade schedule, no added distribution  costs
are appli cable.
RGH-015                   Bomicr *c Moore Associates, Inc.                       •»-?./

-------
4.5
SCHEDULE M
4.5.1
Description of Schedule
         Schedule M is a lead removal  schedule for a two-grade marketer.   It removes
lead from both grades  as quickly as possible.   It was developed as a replacement for
Schedule K when it was discovered that the amount of process construction Implied by
Schedule K exceeded the capability of  the construction industry.
4.5.2
Reason for Selecting Schedule M for Study
         Original  plans for the study included a detailed analysis of Schedule K as
the 'most difficult1  schedule to be met.   After determining that Schedule K could
not be met without exceeding the capability of the process construction industry.
Schedule M was devised to reduce TEL usage as rapidly as possible while not exceed-
ing the estimated  growth potential  of the construction industry.
4.5.3
Raw Stock Effects
         Table 21 shows the raw stock requirements for Schedule M and for the Ref-
erence Schedule.  A comparison of Schedule M requirements with those of Schedule L
(Table 10) shows a remarkable similarity in raw stock utilization.   Again, the two-
grade situation shows itself to be less efficient by requiring more (slight in this
case) crude as shown in 1976 and compared to Schedule L.   It should be noted that
Schedule M did not quite achieve totally lead-free gasoline manufacture in 1976
within construction industry limits.   It was also impossible to force the 94 RON
to be lead free in 1974 without exceeding construction industry capacity.
                                    TABLE 21
                     RAW STOCK REQUIREMENTS FOR SCHEDULE
                            (Millions of Barrels/Year)

Normal Butane
Iso-Butane
Natural Gasoline
Sub-total
Crude 011
Total
% Increase In Crude
1972
H
92.7
66.7
192.9
352.3
4616.3
4968.6
1
Reference
69.8
50.2
192.9
312.9
4553.7
4866.6
37
1974
M
69.4
50.0
167^8
287.2
5115.2
5402.4
3
Reference
81.6
58.7
192.9
333.2
4954.4
5287.6
25
1976
M
89.8
64.7
39.9
194.4
5737.3
5931.7
5
Reference
79.8
57.3
192.9
330.0
5417.3
5747.3
91
1980
H
91.8
66.1
115.3
273.2
6818.1
7091.3
3
Reference
79.8
57.4
192.9
330.1
6557.1
6887.2
98
RGH-015
                         Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                             4-28

-------
         Schedule M shows slightly less raw stock requirement .than Schedule L in
the early years because it was not possible to reduce TEL contents in the two-
grade case as fast as in the three-grade situation.   By 1980, Schedule M uses more
crude and less light raw stocks  to give essentially  the same total consumption as
that of Schedule L.
4.5.4
By-Product Effects
         As with raw stocks, Schedule M shows similar results to Schedule L.
Table 22 presents the coke and fuel  gas production for Schedule M and for the
Reference Schedule.  Comparison of these figures with those of Table 11  shows the
similarity of behavior of the model  under Schedules L and M.   Given the  objective
of minimizing TEL and the constraint of limited Investments by year, the differ-
ence between a two-grade and a three-grade situation becomes  less obvious.
                                    TABLE 22
                      BY-PRODUCT PRODUCTION FOR SCHEDULE M
Coke,
MMTons/Year
Fuel Gas ,
101;'BTU/Year
1972
M
15.0
1612
Reference
15.8
1268
1974
M
20.4
1024
Reference
19.5
1360
1976
M
26.8
2148
Reference
23.8
1528
1980
M
37.4
20 87
Reference
36.1
2070
4.5.5
Motor Gasoline Blending
         The primary difference between Schedules L and M is the three versus
two-grade gasoline situation.   Table 23 presents the characteristics and composi-
tion of each of the two grades for Schedule M for the years studied.  Table 24
shows TEL levels for 1972 through 1976.  Levels for subsequent years are zero.
The early reduction to relatively low TEL levels in Schedule M (and as seen in
Schedule L), followed by a gradual reduction through the four-year period follow-
ing 1972, emphasizes the increasing difficulty and cost of removing the last small
increment of TEL.   Unlike the  three-grade situation of Schedule L, Schedule M can
not achieve total  TEL removal  by 1976.   For all practical purposes, the 94 octane
grade is unleaded in the 1976  case, but the 100 octane grade still shows about
0.1 gm/gal TEL content.  In other respects, the gasoline pool for the  two
RGH-015
                Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                    4-29

-------
                                 TABLE 23
                      GASOLINE  SUMMARY FOR SCHEDULE M
                              (Sheet 1 of 2)

94 Octane Blend:
Volume, 109 Gals/Year
TEL, gm/gal
Leaded RON
Leaded MON
Clear RON
Clear MON
Stream Composition, %
Cracked Stocks
Alkylate Products
Aromatic Based
Light Iso-Paraf fins
Paraffinic Stocks
Miscel laneous
Hydrocarbon Composi ti on, %
Paraffins
Olefins
Naphthen'es
Aromati cs
100 Octane Blend:
Volume, 109 Gals/Year
TEL, gm/gal
Leaded RON
Leaded MON
Clear RON
Clear MON
Stream Composition, %
Cracked Stocks
Alkylate Products
Aromatic Based
Li ght Iso-Paraffins
Paraffinic Stocks
Miscel laneous
Hydrocarbon Composi ti on, %
Paraf f i ns
Olefins
Naphthenes
Aromati cs
1972

69.4
0.855
94.0
86.0
89.5
80.3

44
10
24
2
19
1

51
19
7
23

26.0
0.651
100.0
92.5
98.5
87.9

_
29
56
8
7
-

59
_
3
38
1974

83.2
0.444
94.0
86.0
91.7
82.2

37
9
31
5
17
1

48
16
6
30

19.3
0.235
100.0
92.0
99.4
90.3

-
38
47
6
9
-

58
-
5
37
1976

98.3
0.002
-
-
94.0
86.0

30
11
34
8
16
1

44
12
4
40

13.4
0.098
100.0
92.0
99.8
91.3

-
40
38
4
18
-

63
-
-
37
1980

124.3
0.0
-
-
94.0
86.0

25
13
35
7
19
1

46
10
5
39

4.1
0.0
-
-
100.7
92.0

-
40
33
18
9
-

67
-
-
33
RGH-015
                         Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                             4-30

-------
                                    TABLE 23
                         GASOLINE SUMMARY FOR  SCHEDULE  M
                                 (Sheet  2 of 2)

Pool:
Stream Composition, %
Cracked Stocks
Alkylate Products
Aromatic Based
Light Iso-Paraf fi ns
Paraffinic Stocks
Mi seel 1 aneous
Hydrocarbon Compos i ti on, %
Paraffins
Olefins
Naphthenes
Aromati cs
RON Clear
MON Clear
1972


34
15
31
3
16
1

53
14
6
27
91.8
82.3
1974


32
14
33
5
15
1

50
13 .
6
31
93.0
83.6
1976


27
14
35
7
16
1

46
11
4
39
94.7
86.6
1980


24
14
36
7
18
1

47
10
5
38
94.2
86.2
RGH-015
                          Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                               4-31

-------
minimum TEL schedules show quite similar characteristics.  All of the observed
differences between Schedules L and M are adequately explained by the three-grade
versus two-grade environments.
                                    TABLE 24
                      TEL CONTENTS OF SCHEDULE M GASOLINE
                                    (gm/gal)

94 Octane Grade
100 Octane Grade
Pool
1972
0.9
0.7
0.8
1973
0.6
0.4
0.5
1974
0.4
0.2
0.3
1975
0.2
0.1
0.2
1976
trace
0.1
0.01
4.5.6
Process Capacity Changes
         Table 25 shows the increases in plant capacities for each of the selected
years of this schedule.  These can be compared to the capacity figures for Sched-
ule L in Table 13 and the reference capacities shown in Table 27.
                                    TABLE 25
                   PROCESS CAPACITY REQUIREMENTS FOR SCHEDULE M

Crude Distillation
Coki ng
Cat Cracking
Hydrocracklng
Cat Reforming
Alkylation
Extracti on
Isomeri zation
MiUions of Barrels/Day
1972
13.1
1.0
3.6
0.5
2.6
1.0
0.3
0.1
1974
14.5
1.3
3.6
0.9
3.0
1.1
0.8
0.1
1976
15.8
1.7
3.6
1.7
3.0
1.2
2.7
0.1
1980
18.8
2.4
3.6
1.9
3.7
1.3
3.1
0.1
RGH-015
                          Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                    4-32

-------
4.5.7    Cost Effects

         Table 26 sho,ws the annual cost effects for Schedule M relative to the
Reference Schedule.   Added costs are broken down into refining investment costs,
other refining costs and distribution investment costs.  These costs are shown
both as millions of dollars per year and as cents per gallon of total gasoline.

         The "other" refining cost category represents the net effect of increase
in operating costs,  raw stock costs and product degradation costs plus credits
for decreased lead usage and by-products.  Included in this cost is the effect of
assuming constant value per barrel of gasoline even though the subject case pool
is not the same ratio of premium and regular as in the reference case.  (See
paragraph 4.'7 . 4. )
RGH-015                  Bonner AC Moore Associates. Inc.                       1-33

-------
 O


 in
                                                                TABLE  26



                                                       COST EFFECTS OF SCHEDULE M
National Added Costs, MM$/Yr.
Refining Investment Costs
Other Refining Costs
Total Added Refining Costs
National Added Costs, 
-------
4.6
REFERENCE SCHEDULE
         As explained in the discussion in paragraph 2.1, a Reference Schedule
was defined as a base from which to measure the economic effects of the various
lead-removal schedules.  This schedule was required to satisfy all product demand
forecasts as well as all other operating conditions imposed on the refinery models
except for the TEL limitations and attendant gasoline volume increases associated
with compression ratio decreases and catalytic exhaust reactor mileage ineffi-
ciencies.

         Cost consequences of subject case behavior were defined as the differ-
ences in investment and cash flows between subject and reference cases.  The
actual cash flows derived from model results cash flows have not been included in
this report because, in themselves, they are meaningless.  Only their relative
values (to the reference case) can be taken as significant.  The absolute magni-
tude of subject case investments are meaningful because they reflect the load which
might be imposed on the construction industry.

         All comparisons between subject and reference case behavior have been
incorporated into appropriate tables with the exception of gasoline characteris-
tics and process capacity profiles.  These aspects of the Reference Schedule are
presented in the following tables.  Table 28 presents the motor gasoline charac-
teristics of Reference Schedule gasoline,and Table 27 shows major process capac-
ity changes.


                                    TABLE 27
              PROCESS  CAPACITY  REQUIREMENTS  FOR  REFERENCE  SCHEDULE

Crude Distillation
Coking
Cat Cracking
Hydrocracki ng
Cat Reforming
Al ky 1 ati on
Ext racti on
Isomeri zati on
Mi 1 lions of Barrel/Day
1971
12.0
1.0
3.6
0.6
2.4
0.8
0.3
0.1
1972
12.5
1.1
3.6
0.6
2.4
0.8
0.3
0.1
1974
13.6
1.3
3.6
0.7
2.4
0.9
0.4
0.1
1976
14.8
1.5
3.6
0.9
2.6
0.9
0.5
0.1
1980
17.9
2.2
3.6
0.9
3.1
1.0
0.8
0.1
RGH-015
                Bomicr it Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                             4-35

-------
                                    TABLE  28
                    GASOLINE SUMMARY  FOR  REFERENCE SCHEDULE
                                 (Sheet  1  of 2)

94 Octane Blend:
Volume, 109 Gals/Yr.
TEL, gm/gal
Leaded RON
Leaded MON
Clear RON
Clear MON
Stream Composition, %
Cracked Stocks
Alkylate Products
Aromatic Based
Light Iso-Paraf f ins
Paraffinic Stocks
Mi seel laneous
Hydrocarbon Composition, *
Paraffins
Olef ins
Naphthenes
Aromatics
100 Octane Blend:
Volume, 109 Gals/Yr.
TEL, gm/gal
Leaded RON
Leaded MON
Clear RON
Clear MON
Stream Composition, %
Cracked Stocks
Alkylate Products
Aromatic Based
Light Iso-Paraf fins
Paraffinic Stocks
Miscel laneous
Hydrocarbon Composition, %
Paraffins
Olef ins
Naphthenes
Aromati cs
Pool:
Stream Composition, %
Cracked Stocks
Alkylate Products
Aromatic Based
Light Iso-Paraff ins
Paraffinic Stocks
Miscel 1 aneous
1971

56.0
1.935
94.0
86.0
85.9
77.7

41
-
29
-
28
2

46
18
14
22

35.0
2.738
100.0
92.5
92.8
83.3

24
31
26
7
12
-

62
10
6
22


35
11
28
3
22
1
1972

58.0
2.262
94.0
86.0
85.2
77.2

42
0
26
-
29
3

45
19
14
22

36.0
2.794
100.0
93.1
92.6
83.3

20
30
30
7
13
-

63
8
7
22


34
11
28
2
23
2
1974

62.0
2.373
94.0
86.0
85.1
77.1

42
-
25
-
29
4

46
19
14
21

39.0
2.815
100.0
93.4
92.2
84.1

15
31
31
8
15
-

65
6
8
21


32
11
28
3
24
2
1976

65.0
2.242
94.0
86.0
85.4
77.2

43
-
25
1
27
4

46
19
14
21

41 .0
2.937
100.0
93.9
91 .6
83.7

10
30
33
7
20
-

66
4
8
22


31
11
29
3
24
2
1980

72.0
2.168
94.0
86.0
85.6
77.5

44
-
23
3
26
4

45
20
14
21

45.0
2.690
100.0
94.5
91.9
84.9

-
30
43
3
24
-

66
-
9
25


28
11
31
3
24
3
RGH-015
                          Bomier & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                               4-36

-------
                                  TABLE 28
                   GASOLINE SUMMARY FOR REFERENCE  SCHEDULE
                               (Sheet 2 of 2)

Hydrocarbon Composition, %
Paraf f i ns
Olefins
Naphthenes
Aromatics
RON Clear
MON Clear
1971

52
15
11
22
88.4
79.7
1972

52
15
11
22
87.9
79.4
1974

52
15
12
21
87.6
79.5
1976

52
14
12
22
88.6
79.6
1980

53
13
12
22
87.9
80.0
R6H-015
                         Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                            4-37

-------
4.7      SENSITIVITY ANALYSES

         The sensitivity of the results of this study to several key assumptions
was measured to provide a better understanding of the results, to improve confi-
dence in the results and to provide a means of estimating the effects of varying
these assumptions.

         Cases were run to test the following:

         1)   The ratio between volumes of 93 octane to 94 octane gasolines
         purchased by owners of 1971 through 1974 model automobiles (three-grade
         schedules only).

         2)   The assumption regarding the octane level of the special third
         grade of gasoline (Ion lead or clear, low octane fuel).

         3)   The forecast of miles driven for future years and hence the volumes
         of gasoline required in both the reference schedules and the subject
         schedules.

         The results of these analyses are presented in Table 29.

         In general, these results are consistent with other studies of lead
removal.  They show the added cost of gasoline to be sensitive  to changes in clear
pool octane requirements.  The increased sensitivity to assumptions affecting
clear pool octane number of Schedule L, as compared to Schedule A,  is a conse-
quence of the fact that a given Improvement 1n octane quality is more expensive
at high octane levels than at low octane levels.

         The year 1976 was selected as a key year for this analysis because many
of the effects considered most important to the study were present  in this year.
These effects include:

         1)   The 1976 clear pool octane numbers tended to be a maximum.

         2)   The 1975 and 1976 model cars accounted for a fair share of the mar-
         ket but  did not dominate it as in"later years.

         Consequently, it was judged that this year would represent a turning
point in the sensitivity of the study to these assumptions.
RGH"015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                      4"38

-------
O

Ul
                                                                TABLE 29
                                EFFECT ON ADDED COST  AND  INVESTMENT RESULTS OF VARYING  KEY  ASSUMPTIONS,

                                                              (Year = 1976)
Assumption Change
(1) 1971 - 1974 models buy in 25/75 Added Cost, 
 l
 U)
 VO

-------
4-7.1     Assumption Involving Ratio Between Grades

         Varying the relative amounts  of the 93 and 94 octane gasolines purchased
by owners of 1971  - 1974 model  automobiles produced results consistent with this
change in clear pool octane.   In Schedule A, an increase in the relative amount
of 93  octane caused an increase in cost because the 93 octane has  a higher clear
octane rating than the 94 octane gasoline.  Schedule L shows the opposite effect
because both grades are clear.

         The sensitivity of the added  costs to this would be somewhat less for
all schedules in the earlier years, peaking at about 1975, and then declining
again  as the 1971  - 1974 models disappear from the road 1n subsequent years.
Schedule L shows a greater sensitivity to this assumption because  the clear octane
level  of the total gasoline pool is higher.


4.7.2     Assumption Involving Octane of Third Grade

         Added costs vary with  this assumption in a manner consistent with clear
pool octane changes and level.   The difference between the Schedule A effect,
-.134/gal, and the Schedule L effect,  -.204/gal,  reflects the fact that, at the
higher clear pool  octane level  represented by Schedule L, the cost of improving
octane a small amount is about  50% higher than it is at the Schedule A clear
octane levels .

         The magnitude of this  effect  will vary with the amount of the third grade
of gasoline being sold.  Thus it will  increase with time in Schedule A.  The sen-
sitivity of Schedule L to this  effect  should remain relatively constant since the
effect of increasing the volume of the third grade is  offset to a  great extent by
the consequent lowering of the  total pool clear octane.

         In this analysis no further loss in automotive engine efficiency is
assumed by lowering octane.  If such a loss in efficiency did occur it still
should not have a significant influence on these  per gallon added  cost differ-
ences.  A consumer effect would be noticed if more gasoline were required at 91
RON.


4.7.3     Assumption Involving Total Gasoline Volume

         The added cost for deleading  gasoline when expressed on a cents/gallon
basis  is not sensitive to this  assumption.  This  implies that the  investments and
operating costs change in direct proportion to volume  within the range studied.
It must be pointed out that the limitation to construction was not a factor in
these  studies.  A higher gasoline demand will delay the date at which all gaso-
lines  can be manufactured clear.
RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                        4-40

-------
4.7.4    Adjustment of Added Cost for Variations in Gasoline Grade
         Volumes and Prices

         Added production costs for unleaded gasoline are based upon a  fixed aver-
age gasoline price at the refinery.

         The cents/gallon effect shown in Table 30 can be interpreted as the
across-the-board price increase (above the stated grade prices) to maintain the
per-gallon price for total gasoline equal to the reference case.  Alternatively,
had the added costs been calculated on the basis of the indicated grade prices,
the cents/gallon added costs would have been higher by the amount shown.

         The relative amount of premium gasoline in the subject schedules is con-
siderably lower than in the reference schedule.  Therefore, if the prices for the
individual grades of gasoline had been held fixed, the average price for gasoline
would have been declining in the subject schedules.
KGII-015                   MOMIMT fe Mnuri- A.s.soi-iitu-.s. Inc.                       4-41

-------
O


171
                TABLE  30


EFFECT OF GRADE MIX VARIATIONS  ON  AVERAGE


      GASOLINE REFINERY NETBACKS**

2-Grade Schedules
% 94 RON
* TOO RON
4/Gal Netback
Effect, 
I

ro

-------
4.8      EFFECTS ON SMALL REFINERS

         Earlier studies of unleaded gasoline economics have shown that the
economic impact of changing gasoline formulations falls more heavily upon small
refiners than upon large ones.   This is due, almost exclusively,  to the effects
of economies of scale, which result in refinery processes being more costly per
unit of throughput  when built  in small sizes than when built in  large sizes.
In this section the discussion  of the small refining industry is  broken into four
topics.  The first is a history of the role of small refiners in  the total  U.S.
refining industry to give a perspective of the importance of this industry  seg-
ment and of its likely future.   Second, the small refinery economic effects of
lead reduction are discussed.   Third, present programs  of economic assistance  to
small refineries are discussed, and fourth, alternate futures of  the small
refiner are examined.

         In this study, small  refiners have been defined as those processing less
than 35,000 barrels per day of  crude oil.   The cost penalties of  small size are
not confined solely to refineries of this  size.  Earlier work, however, has shown
that small refineries, by this  definition, experience a particularly sharp  increase
in added costs when being extended to produce unleaded  gasoline.   Furthermore,
this 35,000 barrel per day size represents an approximate breakpoint below  which
certain high-cost processes such as hydrocracking, which is economical for  unleaded
gasoline manufacture in larger  refineries, can no longer be justified because  of
size and economies of scale.  In this study all refineries classified as non-small
refineries, those larger than  35,000 barrels per day, represent an average  size
equivalent to about 100,000 barrels a day  of crude capacity.  Many industry people
use a "rule of thumb" that, in  the long run, grass roots refineries built in the
United States can be economical only if they are at least 100,000 barrels per  day
in capaci ty.

         Small refineries tend  to fall into two categories:  those that are pro-
ducing gasoline and other fuels for the general energy  market, and those that  are
producing specialty products,  for example, asphalt for  road building.  There are
a larger number of these asphalt refineries, and they produce certain by-products
that enter the general fuels market.  Their economic viability, however, depends
on the asphalt market and, as  such, they are of little  interest in our present
studies and specifically have  been excluded from those  data that  are used to dis-
cuss the effects on small refineries.  The remaining small refineries, those that
are principally in the fuel products business, have historically  existed for one
reason.  That is, they were close enough to a supply of crude oil that transpor-
tation cost savings made it practical to build a small  refinery,  operating  on
local  crude oil to supply a local market.  Tables 31 and 32 show statistical
histories of the small refiner  for the 20-year period 1950 through 1970.  During
this time, the number of small  refineries  declined from 155 to 74.  This reduc-
tion came about by shutting down 75 refineries, expanding 45 refineries beyond
35,000 barrels a day crude capacity and building 39 new small refineries.  In
RCH-015                   Bonrier it Moore Associates, Inc.

-------
                                                               TABLE 31
o

tn
GROWTH AND DECLINE TRENDS AMONG SMALL U.S.


 GASOLINE REFINERS FROM 1950 THROUGH 1970
PERIOD
1950 - 1960
1960 - 1970
1970 -
NO. OF SMALL
REFINERIES
(BEGINNING)
155
102
74
NUMBER
SHUT DOWN
47
28
7
NUMBER
EXPANDED TO
35.000+
28
17
7
NEW
SMALL REFINERIES
ADDED
22
17
7
CD
0
3

3
2
0
0
                                                               TABLE 32


                                               CRUDE CAPACITY TRENDS OF SMALL REFINERIES

CRUDE
RUNS

1950
SMALL
FUEL
REFINERIES
1 ,683,550
25.7
SMALL
SPECIALTY
REFINERIES
506,815
7.7
ALL
REFINERIES
6,540,265
100
1960
SMALL
FUEL
REFINERIES
1 ,542,120
15.9
SMALL
SPECIALTY
REFINERIES
420,370
4.3
ALL
REFINERIES
9,699,955
100
1970
SMALL
FUEL
REFINERIES
1,244,586
9.8
SMALL
SPECIALTY
REFINERIES
429,991
3.4
ALL
REFINERIES
12,681 ,387
100

-------
this same 20-year period, the percent of crude charged to the small refinery sec-
tor decreased from 26% in 1950 to 10% 1n 1970.  From Tables 31  and 32 it can also-
be seen that, although the number of small  refineries decreased by almost 50%, the
selective process of shutting down the smallest plants first caused their total
crude runs to decrease only about 25%.  Nevertheless, during this period their
portion of the total U.S. refining business declined over 60% from 25.1% to 9.8%.

         One significant reason for the decline of the small refiner can be traced
to the quality of gasoline which is sold today as compared with gasoline sold in
1950.  In 1950 the average Research Octane  Number of gasoline was about 85, and  in
1970 the average was about 96.5.  Producing higher octane gasoline, as  has been
discussed earlier, requires more complex refinery processes and requires ones
which are more capital intensive.  Effects  of size have thus become more pro-
nounced as the investment per barrel of crude throughput has risen to meet
increasing gasoline quality requirements.

         Previous Bonner & Moore studies of the economics of manufacturing
unleaded motor gasoline have used as many  as  twelve models.  The models repre-
sented major geographic areas within the U.S. and various sized refineries within
these areas.  This work has provided experience in extrapolating economic
behavior of several models to national behavior.   Subsequent work done  with
smaller sets of models has shown the earlier  work to be an excellent guide for
this extrapolation.

         As noted in other areas of this report,  the added cost of gasoline manu-
facture stems from five cost contributors:

         1)   Costs associated with investments.

         2)   Variable operating costs.

         3)   Lead reduction credits.

         4)   By-product credits (debits).

         5)   Raw stock costs.

         Costs associated with investments  usually account for the major portion
of added costs, and become magnified for the  smaller refiner.  Figure 4-1 shows  the
investment required to manufacture unleaded motor gasoline versus refinery size,
expressed in volume of motor gasoline manufactured.  This plot represents data
from six refinery sizes within the mid-continent3.  Three additional points are
shown from a more recent study.  Based upon this  earlier work,  the assumption was
made that the slope of this effect stays constant although the investment
required may be less for lower octane requirements.  Therefore, if the  added cap-
ital investment required for a given refinery is  known, the similar added capital
needs for other sized refineries can be derived.
RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.

-------
Investment
MM$
100
 90
 MO
 60

 50

 40


 30




 20
 10
  9

  8
  /

  6

  5

  4
                                     k
                                 ! !
     Q   API (98 RON, Pool)

     X   2nd Study (98 R01I ,  Pool)
          I'!::!'
                                                      ,--. .,.
                                                      !    <
•;    ;
                           4   5   6  7  8  910
    20
30   40 50 60   80   100
                          Refinery Size, MB/CD Motor Gasoline
            Figure  4-1.   Refinery Size versus Added  Capital  Investment to
                         Manufacture Unleaded Motor  Gasoline
 RGH-015
                            Banner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                              4-46

-------
         Variable operating  costs and  lead  reduction  credits  appear  to  be  essen-
tially  linear with  refinery  size.  By-product  costs and  raw stock  costs  are  some-
what greater  (per barrel of  gasoline)  for small  plants but not  significantly  so
until throughput falls well  below the  35,000 barrel/day  cutoff.  Figure  4-2
illustrates the lower efficiency of gasoline production  for small  refineries  as
reflected  by  added  crude requirements.  At  this  small  throughput,  the  refineries
represented account  for a  negligible part of the  nation's gasoline production.
Even so, the  extrapolation procedures  used  to  obtain  national behavior  predic-
tions conservatively assume  uniform gasoline yield  (regardless  of  size).
Added Raw Stock
 (% of Crude)
Over Base Model
                   3.0
2.0
                   1.0
                                                                10 ,000 B/D
                                                                30,000 I) / D
                                                                50,000 13/D
                        89    90    91     92    93    94    95

                                 Clear  Pool  Octane

               Figure 4-2.  Added Raw Stock versus Pool Octane
                            for Varying Refinery  Sizes
         To further illustrate how refinery size affects added costs for produc-
ing unleaded gasoline, the factors described above have been used to estimate
added costs for the lead removal schedules A, G, L, and M studied in this report.
Table 33 gives an example of these estimates.  It must be understood that these
small refinery costs have not been derived in the detailed manner that has been
used for obtaining the principal results.  Instead these principal results have
been used as a base to which the estimation procedure has been applied.
RGH-015
                          Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                             4-47

-------
                                    TABLE 33
                     EXTRAPOLATION OF REFINERY SIZE EFFECTS
                        ON COST ESTIMATES FOR SCHEDULE A
Added Cost for Small Refineries,
i/Gal Based on Total Gasoline
100 MBCD Crude
50 MBCD Crude
30 MBCD Crude
10 MBCD Crude
1971
0.16
0.19
0.20
0.25
1976
0.21
0.24
0.26
0.33
1980
0.21
0.24
0.26
0.33
        It must be recognized that the "average" cost presented in this report is
greater than that incurred by the larger refinery and smaller than that incurred
by the small one.  Any program which attempts to compensate costs  (via assistance
programs, taxation or allotments, etc.) adds its burden to the incurred cost and
must be borne by some agent (taxpayer, industry or consumer).   Assessment of this
kind of cost is beyond the scope of this study.

        The small refiner has been assisted directly or indirectly by the Federal
Government for many years.  The principal assistance program has been an indirect
one.  This has been the crude oil import program initiated in 1959 with its  slid-
ing scale for permissible import quotas.  This program was not conceived as  a
direct small refinery assistance program.  Its provisions, however, guarantee the
small refiner access to any benefits of low cost crude imports to  a degree not
allowed large refineries.  Historically, a license or "ticket" to  import foreign
crude has been valued at $0.90 to $1.25 per barrel.   Higher values (as well  as
lower values) have been occasionally realized on a spot basis.  These values
reflect sales price  differences between domestic and foreign crude,  less trans-
portation cost differences.  In the latter half of 1970, and for several months
of 1971, tanker shortages have driven transportation costs up so sharply that
import "tickets" have virtually no value.  Future tanker shortages as well as an
approach to parity between foreign and domestic crude prices each  serve to reduce
the value of this indirect small refiner assistance  program.  Table 34 summarizes
the import allocation method as it existed until the end of 1970.   A  small refiner
with an import quota equivalent to 15'X of his crude  throughput has been able to
realize an income of roughly $0.15 per barrel of throughput from sale of this oil
import allocation.  Compared to a large refinery with an import quota of perhaps
4% of throughput, this small refinery is subsidized  by $0.11 per barrel of crude.
If this is allocated to gasoline production, it becomes about $0.21 per barrel or
RGH-015
                         Boiinor *t Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                            4-48

-------
0.54 per gallon.  It must be remembered that small refinery added costs for
unleaded gasoline, shown earlier, are additive to the present cost differences
partially represented by these assistance programs.


                                    TABLE 34
                       CRUDE OIL IMPORT ALLOCATION FORMULA
Refinery Average Daily Throughput
PAD Districts I-IV (1970)
0 - 10,000
10 - 30,000
30 - 100,000
Over - 100,000
PAD District V (1970)
0 - 10,000
10 - 30,000
30 - 100,000
Over - 100,000
Al 1 oca ti on As
Percent of Throughput

19.5
11.0
7.0
3.0

40.0
9.3
4.3
1.9
         Another type of assistance program is the small  business petroleum prod-
uct purchasing procedure.   In general this method guarantees that some portion of
government purchases (up to 45%) will be made from small  refineries at prices that
in part reflect their manufacturing cost disadvantage.   In one type of preferen-
tial purchase called a "total set-aside", the small refiner is able to bid compet-
ively against other small  refiners without competing against larger suppliers if
he bids a fair market price.   In the other type of purchase called a "partial set-
aside", a small refiner bidder may supply product preferentially over a large
refiner if he meets the large refiner's price.

         Financial data on small refineries are not generally available.   Most of
the refineries are closely or privately held.  Therefore, they do not come under
S.E.C.  disclosure requirements, and 1t Is necessary to speculate on the profitabil-
ity of this part of the industry.  It is probably realistic to say that the profit
margin  for small refiners  has been less than their income from the sale of import
tickets.   Under this condition then.it is apparent that the basic refining of
crude oil  in a small refinery has been unprofitable in  the United States  for many
years.   In 1958 the small  refinery industry had reached a virtual crisis  in prof-
itability and was unable to generate either cash flows  or borrowing power to mod-
ernize  and expand facilities.  The implementation of the  oil import program bred
considerable new economic  life into this part of the industry and has prolonged
it well beyond what would  probably have occurred under  conditions which existed
R6H-015
                          Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
4-49

-------
in 1958.  Had the import program not been enacted, it is reasonable to assume
that the small refinery industry would have continued until its equipment was no
longer operable.   It would not have been able to generate funds to cover depre-
ciation and, therefore, would have been unable to replace equipment with new mod-
ern faci1i ti es .

         In the  intervening years since 1958, however, the small refinery industry
has been able to sustain itself and, by and large, show modest profits for the
owners.  Today there are many small refiners which have modern plants able to
produce high quality products.

         The fundamental economics of small refiners are harmed by two long-term
trends.  One has  been cited earlier, namely the continued increase In gasoline
octane necessitating more expensive refining equipment.  A second factor has been
the continuous building of pipelines for both crude oil and refined products.
Pipeline transportation Is sufficiently low In cost that the old economics of
building a small  refinery at a local crude source to avoid costly rail or truck
transportation is no longer widely applicable.  This trend could well be reversed,
however, 1f a chronic energy shortage develops which results in prices for basic
fuel products, such as heating oils and dlstl Hates , .that will permit a reasonable
return on  investment to be realized by a refinery company without its own crude
production.  Thus, the small refinery industry might find a new opportunity to
supply small local markets with non-gasoline fuels that can be produced in rela-
tively simple plants.

         Another, and perhaps more likely, avenue for rationalizing the small
refinery industry under the economic conditions of the '70's would be through
merger or pooled operation of large modern plants.  From a logistics standpoint,
this option is open to about 1/2 to 2/3 of the small gasoline refiners.  The small
refinery "belt"  in the U.S. extends from the Mississippi Delta to the Montana-
Idaho border and is approximately 300 miles wide.  In this band lie 47% of all the
U.S. small refiners.  In addition, there are other localized groupings of refiners
which in the aggregate represent another 27% of U.S. small refiners.  These local-
ized groupings are in California, in Michigan, in the region of Northern Kentucky,
Indiana, Western West Virginia, and in Western Pennsylvania.  It appears, consid-
ering logistics  alone, that combining almost 75% of present U.S. small refineries
into economic size units is possible.

         Any program of rationalization through mergers or acquisitions would
require major amounts of capital.  These amounts are beyond the ability of most
small refiners to acquire either through debt or equity sources.  Any program to
encourage  rationalization of this industry must address this problem of under-
capi tali zati on.
RGH-015                  Bonner Ac Moore Associates, Inc.                       4-50

-------
4.9      IMPACT ON THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY

         The impact of Schedules A, G, L, and M on the construction in.dustry was
studied on a national basis by taking the investments required in the individual
refinery models and scaling these to a national level.  The methods used to carry
out this scaling and to make adjustments for obsolescence and replacements are
described in paragraph 5.4.

         Table 35 shows the investments  being completed by the construction
industry in each year of Schedules A, G, L and M, and the reference schedule.  That
is, the facilities represented by these  investments are operable for the first
time in the year for which the investment is recorded.

         It should be noted that all investments shown in these tables other than
U.S. and  Canadian refining are constant for all schedules.   Also, U.S.  refining
investments for the years 1970, 1971, and 1972 are constant for all schedules.
The refinery investments for these years were based on data reported in  the Oil
and Gas Journal and reported levels of engineering and construction backlog.

         Figures 4-3, 4-4, 4-5, and 4-6  plot these refinery investments  together
with the forecast maximum construction industry capacity available to refining.
The sharp peak construction requirement  in 1974 for Schedule G is readily apparent
in Figure 4-4.  This overshoot cannot be compensated for any earlier than 1976.

         Table 36 gives a breakdown of the construction dollar according to the
various sectors of the construction industry for each schedule.  This breakdown
includes a distribution of the total investment dollars backward in time to
reflect the fact that engineering must start well ahead of materials ordering,
etc.  For convenience in observing the effect of the various schedules so far as
producing boom or bust conditions is concerned, the lower half of these  tables
describes the changes in construction activity from year to year.
RGH-015                   DOIIIUM- Ac Moon; Associates, Inc.                        4-51

-------
                                                              TABLE 35


                                                  CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY  INVESTMENTS


                                                (Installed Capacity for  Years  Listed)
o

in
             19/.

             137J
a
0
3
3
to
"I

If
197-.

1 5 / ::

1 ? V • - \. r. » t - ' j
',' ~ ' ; C —
H: 3,25;,
- 1 . 3i ~- .
:>'r. 3,SJ.
i ' - i '- o •.. > t ; „

i
A
i
t
c


z.
c
J
3
j
>t
3 ^ J
3EF]
J(*L F?W:;!^N C^^AC*
'?--. r-r 115
••*H. -. i:5 127
•'• P 1 a ^ 7n
•- C -^ 1 ^ >. I J
«^;r- • ;Sc ici
.V.j. ;6C 1?5
l«r> ] 7; H5
-:5 :£: ' H7
-«': l&£ 136
02^ ISC 123
Si; 5?S 131
=3C cCC 132
^s, -:5 133
27'j ?1C IS**
ct-.'- 2. Jl? :,560
MN3
US
l/C5o
1*158
ATC
o JD
918
1/138
1/C46
l*C6c
1*235
1*120
1/189
1/199
1/2C8
1/223
14*179

T8TAL
1/270
1*411
fi t, C
C •? 3
1/169
1/424
1/331
1/356
1/555
1/434
1/515
1/531
1/546
1*567
17/953

FOREIGN
205
235
O/t f\
26U
285
310
335
365
390
420
445
480
515
555
4*800
TBTAL
L'S/CANADA
2/365
2/616
A O AC
2* cQs
2/699
3/144
3/181
3/396
3/810
3/934
4/280
4/581
4/921
5/287
46/418

TOTAL
2*570
2*851
» t, M (J
2/465
2/984
3/454
3/516
3*761
4*200
4*354
4/725
5/061
5/436
5/842
5l/2l8
INVESTMENT SUMMAI
SCHEDULE G
?Y - MM9/YEAR
PETRBCMEflCAU . . REFINING

1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1962
FOREIGN
100
110
120
135
150
165
185
205
230
250
280
310
345
US/CANADA
1/2CO
1/33Q
1/5CO
1/68Q
1/88Q
2*020
2/220
2/440
2/690
2/S6Q
3/25Q
3/580
3/930
TOTAL
1/300
l/44c
1/620
1/815
2/0.30
2/185
2/405
2*645
2/92C
3/210
3/53Q
3/890
4*275
FOREIGK
105
125
14C
15C
16C
17C
18C
185
19C
195
20C
2C5
21C
CANADA
115
127
70
119
383
It2
140
122
138
131
128
130
131
US
1/050
1/158
635
1/085
3/482
1/292
1/269
1/112
1/253
1/193
1/165
1/180
1/193
TOTAL
1/270
1/411
845
1/354
4/o25
1*605
1/589
1/419
1/581
1/519
i/493
1*515
1*535
FOREIGN
205
235
260
285
310
335
365
390
420
445
480
515
555
TOTAL
US/CANADA
2/365
2/6U
2/205
2/884
5/745
3/455
3/629
3/674
4/081
4/284
4/543
4/89o
5/255

TOTAL
2/570
2/851
2/465
3/169
6/055
3/790
3*994
4/064
4/5ol
4/729
5/023
5/4C5
5/810
            TOTALS  2/585
                  3C/660
                                          33/265
                                         2/215
1/877
                                                                           17/068
21/16Q
                                                                                     4/800
                                           49/625
54/425

-------
                                                                   TABLE  35 (cont.J
                                    :/*:•••
to
0
2
0
0
I
ft>
           19/r
'.. •
' • - — ' ^



.;•;




i


. ;
:• • •„

r,.. ::••.,
...•..:- i
C - . ;
j- . i
^.
3C v
- '-' . <"-
C i .'. r;
•? : s
H S 'J /
: £:--•. -:
.- 5t-;

• ^ ' )
; SJ- 4
^, C- - JJ

-f"u r^-L
.3 ~ .
*» ** -'.•
, ~. '
'f '. '-•
•T
j ^'

•1 'v ^
'-" 'c. I
C. i .'
'j3-. ?
20 - ;
>.'75 ;
'£65 2,;

;N
- c
c5
-« |
£
A
7
3
3
*
c
:;

= 1
= 15
^ilF iv
CiN-5 -A
us
127
70
152
173
?36
233
112
113
11*
120
11-5
121
1/811
1\3
L-S
!/C5o
1,158
635
1,3S6
1,615
2/1*7
2/116
1,019
1/CSo
1,032
1/093
1/C?5
1/096
16/461

TeTAL
1,270
1/411
845
1/68S
1/953
2/553
2/529
1/316
1/333
1/341
1/*13
1/*09
l/*27
20/*87

F3KEIQN
205
235
260
285
310
335
365
390
420
445
480
515
555
4/800
T8TAL
US/CANADA
2/365
2/616
2/205
3/218
3/673
4/4Q3
4/b69
3/571
3/»33
4/106
4/463
4/78*
5/147
48/952

TOTAL
2/570
2/851
2/*65
3/5Q3
3/983
4/738
4/93*
3/961
4/253
4/551
4/943
5/299
5/7Q2
53/752
                                    .  ic;u
                             . - / c ^ *• /•;,.»
           •. y-
           • c '•
                                 * I CC


                                 •'.*••
           Cl

           13
.£»

 I

i-e^













y ,
^EIFIN
3S C*N*C*
:F. us
S? 127
"f 70
~C ' 152
f r 1 7 a.
7: S36
«C . 265
:26
s; 126
05 ! "*
-:c 126
::= ir.7
' '. C 123
"5 i/9,;l
ING
us
l/C5o
1,158
635
1,386
1/615
2,1*7
2,113
1,1*5
1,1"4
1,127
1,1*6
1,152
1,165
17,2£3

T6TAL
1/27C
1,411
£45
1/688
1/953
2/553
2/858
I,4b6
1,460
1,446
1,472
1,484
1/5C3
21/395

FOREIGN
205
235
260
285
310
335
365
390
420
445
480
515
555
4,800
TSTAL
US/CANADA
2/365
2/616
2/205
3/218
3/673
4,403
4/898
3,711
3/960
4,211
4,522
4,859
5,223
49/86*

T6TAL
2/570
2/851
3/*65
3/5Q3
3/983
4/738
5/263
4/101
4/380
4/656
5/002
5/374
5/778
54/664

-------
TO
tr>
                                                           TABLE  35  (cont.)
o

in
3
(5
1

(f

2
o
0
                           RtrERENCE  SCHEDULE
           137*.

           1S71
           13 /
           • o* «
           19'?
           19, r
           15/r
           T3TAuS
' 1 . ' f
"'-••- „ 'i / '


." r
~r
. T
t .


% "
'/ ~ '



c' / i < :. J
-:J !L;-~
.. r. -• « •• " '
-^
•j ". *
r ~ ~
% x.
f C 'v C
'- c J ii !

"***». C.
t i- '. ' c
St;.; ^
?"' C ^ J
/ ^i, -

, fc i : .- .>

j f . . r- C <••
' " L ' • -.
- ..
4"» '.
6?'"
, ."."
C" j r*
1 ^ •;

•: 'r -j

•* £. •
S3-1
^ ^
L'73
,;:*.=, 9 ,

;:% '
• c
su
u r
-,
6;
7;

.- c.
5c
c c
?cc
- « c.
r i ^
" i C
= 15
t5EF^
CA\ACA
H5
127
70
94
96
97
90
90
93
9C
95
92
97
llC46
I\3
us
l*C5c
1*1^8
635
S5-4
869
879
320
317
846
819
865
835
879
ll*33o

TCTAL
1*27C
I**!!
645
1*C9S
1*125
1*1*6
1*C91
1*C92
1*129
1*104
1*160
1*135
1*186
14,791

FSKEIGN
20=
235
260
285
310
335
365
390
420
445
480
515
555
4*80C
TBTAL
US/CANADA
2*365
2,616
2,205
2*628
2,845
2*996
3*131
3*347
3*629
3*S69
4,210
4,510
4,9Q6
43,256

TOTAL
2*570
2,851
2*465
2'9l3
3*155
3*331
3**96
3*737
4*049
4*31*
4*690
5*025
5'*61
48*056
en
-b

-------
        Annual Investment
          ($ Billions)
                                              U.S.  Refinery  Investment
                                              68-70 Reported
                                              71-72 Projected
                                              73-80 Estimated  Maximum Growth
                                              Schedule  A  Investment Required
7.0
6.0 -
5.0 -
4.0 -
3.0 .

2.0 -

1 .0 .
                                                           0
                                  68  70   72   74   76   78  80
                                              Year
                   Figure  4-3.   Annual  Investment  ($ Billions
                                 For  Schedule  A
RGH-015
                          Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                4-55

-------
     Annual  Investment
       ($ Billions)
                                      (T)    U.S.  Refinery Investment

                                            68-70 Reported
                                            71-72 Projected
                                            73-80 Estimated Maximum Growth

                                      (2)    Investment Required for Schedule G
7.0

6.0

5.0

4.0


3.0


2.0



1.0  -
                                68  70  72  74  76  78  80

                                           Year
                   Figure 4-4.  Annual  Investment  ($  Billions!
                                For Schedule  G
RGH-015
                          Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                  4-56

-------
                                        U.S.  Refinery  Investment
                                        68-70 Reported
                                        71-72 Projected
                                        73-80 Estimated Maximum Growth

                                        Investment  Required by Schedule L
Annual  Investment
   ($  Billions)
7.0

6.0

5.0

4.0

3.0
                         2.0  -
                         1.0  -
                             68  70   72   74  76  78  80

                                        Year
                   Figure 4-5.  Annual Investment  ($  Billions)
                                For Schedule L
RQH-015
                          Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                     4-57

-------
    Annual  Investment
        ($ Billions)
7.0

6.0

5.0


4.0


3.0



2.0  -



1.0
                                           U.S.  Refinery  Investment

                                           68-70 Reported
                                           71-72 Projected
                                           73-80 Estimated Maximum Growth

                                           Investment  Inquired by Schedule M
                                68  70  72  74  76  78  80

                                           Year
                   Figure 4-6.  Annual Investment  {$  Billions)
                                For Schedule M
RQHT015
                         Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                  4-58

-------
                                      TABLE 36

                             CONSTRUCTION COSTS BY SECTOR
         c. v .
         ; 7 »
         ",Arr RIALS








t
i

f i , 1
1
1
r - * •
'•','
7 .;
'/•,
/-.
(;
I !
. ','
'. ^ j
'-••-
r .T/L.O
-••-•.!• j; rr..
f -1
'.: V i
•Jbc
•*ia
45:
•> 7 ;
513
o1^"
;jfl6
6Jc
fe78
72S
5/374
Lr.^T C.(T p..
I
17
1,217
1/449
1/606
1/661
l/8Ct
1/S62
2/067
?,c33
2/394
S/572
18/966
1 J ^ Y E A ><
-3
19
               11
                3
                S
                9
                5
                3
                7
                7
                                                FIELD LA8HR

                                                      H78
                                                      619
                                                      686
                                                      758
                                                      8C1
                                                      859
                                                      921
                                                      991
                               -8
                               10
                               17
                                5
                                5
                               11
                                6
                                7
                                7
                                7
                                      FEES
                                            502
                                            571
                                            596
                                            638
                                            738
                                            795
                                            853
                                                                      .6
                                                                      15
                 7
                10
                 5
                 8
                 7
                 7
                                                          2,890
                                                          3/2<»6
                                                          3/379
                                                          3/641
                                                          3/973
                                                          4/133
                                                          4/519
                                                          4/848
                                                          5/207

                                                         38/380
                                                -4
                                                16
                                                12
                                                 4
                                                 8
                                                 9
                                                 6
                                                 8
                                                 7
                                                 7
                                 H L
477
'o5«
6c?
iKS
5? 7
                      b / 7 i <
1/3C6
1/7C6
2/lEG
i/sec
                                                FIELD LABOR

                                                      479
                                                      60?
                                                      726
                                                      856
                                                      92:
                                                      790
                                                      773
                                                      828
                                      FEES
           20 • 281
                              965

                            7/836
                                            451
                                            578
                                            680
                                            786
                                            8cO
                                            697
                                            716
                                            768
                                            831
                                            893

                                          7/2CO
                            2/617
                            3/363
                            3/952
                            4/523
                            4/456
                            3/903
                            4/06C
                            4/366
                            4/72C
                            5/071

                           41/031
TC;

17
12
                 4
                31
                17
                1^
                -5
               -13
                 7
                 O
                 R
                 7
 21
 18
  7
•14
 -2
  7
  n
                                 -2
                                 28
                                 18
                                 16
                                  2
                                -13
                                  3
                                  7
                                  3
                                  7
                                                                                      1
                                                                                     28
                                                                                     18
                                                                                     1*
                                                                                     •1
                                                                                    -12
                                                                                      4
                                                                                      8
                                                                                      8
                                                                                      7
tBecause of the depressed prior year, this percentage could be achieved even though
 it is slightly above the maximum growth rate allowed in that year.  (See page  5-39.)
      RGH-015
                              Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                          4-59

-------
                                       TABLE 36 (cont.)
                           SCHEDULE G

    TOTAL US & FOREIGN • Mf$/YR
         1971
         1972
         1973
         1974
         1975
         1976
         1977
         1S78
         1979
         1980
   ENGINEERING

         363
         573
         643
         516
         522
         553
         596
         630
         673
         724
        MATERIALS

            1/249
            1/951
            2*486
            1/858
            1/946
            2/114
            2/23Q
            2/37?
            2/556
           TOTALS      5/793         20/581

    NET CHANGE AS PERCENT QF PRlBR YEAR
         1971
         1972
         1973
         197*
         1975
         1976
         1977
         1978
         1979
         198C
           5
          98
          12
         •20
           1
           6
           8
           6
           7
           7
               •1
               56
               27
              •27
                2
                5
                ?
                5
                7
                8
FIELD LA88R

      478
      558
      999
      836
      734
      752
      814
      868
      918
      985

    7/943
       • 8
       17
       79
      •16
      •12
        2
        8
        7
        6
        7
PEES 5 MJSC

      442
      595
      893
      697
      669
      693
      753
      798
      848
      910

    7/297
       -4
       35
       50
      -22
       • 4
       4
       9
       6
       6
       7
 2/532
 3/678
 5/021
 3/863
 3/782
 3/944
 4/277
 4/526
 4/816
 5/175

41/614
    -2
    45
    37
   -23
    -2
     4
     8
     6
     6
     7
                         "77
                         b?.?
                         b ,': it
                      £'••«. 7
                        •ic
tBecause of the
 it is slightly
depressed
above the
                      1/3C6
                      i / 7 r ^
                      1..S88
                      2 > 3 i 3
                      e/275
                     2/364
                     S,':*!

                    2^/711

                  VI.AJ;

                         4
                        31
                        17
                        16
prior year, this percentage
maximum growth rate allowed
                         IS
                                                       479
                             726
                             857
                             967
                             828
                             799
                             851
                             911
                             979

                           7/999
               FEES  5  KISC

                    451
                    578
                    680
                    795
                    8^3
                    725
                    737
                    785
                    8^3
                   2/617
                   3/363
                   3/952
                   4/607
                   4/705
                   4/ 058
                   4/183
                   4/461
                                  5/145

                                 41/88C
      -*             -2               1
      26t            28             2e
      fl             IS             1B
      18             17             17
      13              6               2
     -14            -!4            -!«,
      -423
       6              7               7
       7              7               7
       7              7               7
     could be achieved even though
     in  that year. (See  page  5-39.)
      RCfi-OJS
                             Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                                 4-60

-------
4.10     EFFECT ON PETROCHEMICALS

         Petrochemical feedstock requirements were met in all years in all sched-
ules.  Relatively small differences were observed in the costs of producing incre-
mental amounts of these feedstocks.  Schedules L and M show the greatest change in
incremental aromatics manufacturing costs because these schedules attempt to sub-
stitute high octane refined components for lead over a relatively short time span.
Consequently, there is a greater demand for the high octane aromatics during this
transitional period.

         Although incremental  production costs of aromatics did not follow a
marked trend in this  study, certain aspects of a lead removal program may affect
aromatics prices.  While construction is under way to substantially increase aro-
matics production facilities,  short term imbalances between supply and demand may
exist.  Such imbalances could  manifest themselves in price instability for short-
term aromatics supply.

         Other investigators,  as well as Bonner & Moore, have published informa-
tion about rising aromatics costs as a consequence of a program to remove lead
from gasoline.  Some  of these  earlier studies showed clearly that added aromatics
costs were closely correlated  with  gasoline pool octane.  Increases of a few
octane numbers over the present gasoline pool quality have been shown, by calcu-
lation, to result in  relatively little increase in aromatics cost.  As pool
octanes rise above a  level  of  about 94 Research Octane Number, the incremental
cost of aromatics begins rising very rapidly.

         In the present study, pool octane requirements for U.S.  refineries are
shown to increase relatively little.  The target pool octane of 93 RON is below
the point at which rapid increases  in aromatics costs occur.  Another mitigating
circumstance offsets  the natural trend toward higher aromatics costs  with
increased octane.  This is  the trend toward lower gasoline yields which are
reflected in the product forecast.   These forecasts show that non-gasoline petro-
leum products are rising more  rapidly in demand than is gasoline.  Consequently,
during the next ten years it can be expected that gasoline yields will decline.
This means that there is a  smaller  pool  which must be augmented by aromatics pro-
duced from the same crude volume.  This  reduces somewhat the need for increased
aromatics production.   This study shows  that most refiners will find  it economical
to build additional reforming  and aromatics extraction capacity for gasoline.
This demand for extraction  capacity, particularly, results in a substantial capac-
ity base to which demands for  aromatic petrochemicals can be added.  This results
in lowered average manufacturing costs by combining two economic uses for pure
aromatics, gasoline blending and sales.   This reduces the fixed cost  portion of
total aromatics production  costs.
RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                       4-61

-------
         This study goes into more depth than some previous studies in anticipat-
ing the sources of future aromatics production.   Specifically, this study con-
siders the growth in gas oil cracking capacity to serve future olefins needs at
the same time that it considers refinery growth.   The cracking of gas oils for
light olefins results in substantial yields of by-product  aromatics.   Combining
these effects into a model  encompassing both the  refinery  and basic petrochemical
building block industries discloses ways of meeting future aromatics  requirements
at relatively lower costs than might be expected  when considering the refining
segment of the industry solely.

         It is important that the relation between aromatics cost and gasoline
pool octane be clearly understood.  This study is premised on an unleaded gasoline
grade of 93 Research Octane Number.  Should an octane race develop which would
force octanes back into the 95 to 100 range, then a substantial Increase in aro-
matics costs would occur.  Earlier studies have  shown that increases  in the order
of 50% would be likely if pool octanes rose to the range of 96 to 97.
RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                       4-62

-------
4.11
CALIFORNIA MODEL RESULTS
         Because the refining environment in California 1s accountably different
from that of the rest of the industry, a separate model was used to examine the
reaction of California refining to lead reduction.  It was expected and indeed
found that economic behavior of the California model  could be predicted from
the U.S. (ex-California) model behavior.  That is, added costs and investments
for lead reduction in California were expected to be higher but proportional to
the costs and investments obtained from the U.S. (ex-California) studies.

         To varify this characteristic, a selected set of cases, including a set
of California reference cases was  developed.   From these it was possible  to
define the proportionality of California to U.S. (ex-California) behavior.  The
factors shown in Table 37 are the proportionality constants thus obtained.
                                    TABLE 37
                  COST RATIOS FOR CALIFORNIA ECONOMIC BEHAVIOR
                    (Ratios = Callfornia/U.S.  ex-California)
             Investment and related costs
             Non-investment costs
                                                    Gasoline Situation
                                                     3 Grade
                                              1.0
                                              1 .5
                                                      2 Grade
0.9
1.7
         Using these factors, it was possible to extend the more complete case
analysis of the schedules studied to include the effect of California.  In so
doing, it was recognized that inaccuracies in the factors as well as the basic
assumption of proportionality were greatly ameliorated by the fact that
California refining capacity represents only about 12% of the U.S. total.

         Construction costs and utility costs were the same for both regional
models.  Important differences which account for the differing unleaded gasoline
costs are the higher octane of California gasoline (higher per cent premium sales)
and the heavier crude oils available.  The heavier crude refining to produce large
volumes of high octane gasoline are more expensive.  Although crude cost 1s lower,
the net effect is higher added cost for lead removal.
BGH-015
                         Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                    4-63

-------
         California currently has more hydrocracking and reforming capacity per
barrel  of crude capacity than the rest of the refining sector.  Lead reduction
tends to accelerate this and as a result, this study shows slightly higher aro-
matics  contents in the gasoline pool.  It must be noted  that no restriction was
placed  on gasoline hydrocarbon composition.
 RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.

-------
                                    SECTION 5

                       DETAIL  STUDY  METHODOLOGY AND  PREMISES


              Methodology of  this study included several simultaneous
         efforts which were coordinated to produce  the  final,  industry-
         wide analysis.  A refining and petrochemical modeling team
         developed the refining models, while other teams established
         product and petrochemical  demand projections,  distribution
         cost analyses, and a process construction  industry basis.   A
         brief review  of these methods was presented in Section  2.
         The following is a more detailed and comprehensive account  of
         the study approach.
 S.1      STUDY METHODS

         1 )   LI1 Model
              The basic study technique employed  linear programming models  to
         determine the optimum  response pattern of the refining and petrochemical
         industry to varying profiles of product  demand and  lead alkyl  (TEL) lim-
         itations.  TEL limitations were determined by EPA-supplied TEL  removal
         schedules, which expressed maximum allowable TEL  content  for each  gaso-
         line grade in each calendar year through 1980.  Motor gasoline  demand
         patterns, both for two-grade and three-grade environments, were pro-
         jected by methods described in paragraph 5.3 of this report, as were
         demands  for light-end  refining products, petrochemicals,  and distillate
         and heavy fuels.  For  each case, the demand patterns and  TEL limitations
         for a subject year were imposed on the models.  Plant capacities pre-
         sumed  or calculated to exist at an earlier date  were provided as input,
         and an optimum pattern of new equipment  construction and  refinery  opera-
         tion was determined.

              Previous experience with the stimulus of reduced allowable levels
         of TEL in gasoline had Indicated a high  degree of correlation  between
         the reactions of different sized refineries in different  geographic
         locations, excepting California.  Thus,  one model represented  "large"
         refineries exclusive of California.  California's refining industry dif-
         fered from this norm in the characteristics and behavior, so separate
         modeling and analysis  was done of this industry segment.  The  response
         of "small" refineries  (smaller than 35,000 barrels  per day crude charge)
         also differs from the  patterns exhibited by the balance of the  industry,
         and these were handled separately by techniques of  analysis and extrapo-
         lation.  Finally, that segment of the refin.ing industry not manufactur-
         ing gasoline was excluded from consideration in modeling  because it is
R6H-015                   _                   .                                5-1
                          Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.

-------
         characterized by refining facilities which do not include the reformers
         or catalytic cracking process units needed to manufacture gasoline.

              Linear programming was selected as the basic computational  tool for
         studying these models because of its inherent ability to seek an economic
         optimum from the myriad and conflicting choices of equipment selection,
         operating conditions, Intermediate feedstock allocation, and finished
         product blending.  The results of these case studies served as a basis
         for further analysis of proposed schedules' Impact on the refining and
         petrochemical industry, on two-grade vs.  three-grade marketing and dis-
         tribution patterns, on the process construction industry, on the small
         refiner, and on the consumer.  In addition, the results of the earlier
         case studies served as a basis for developing additional demand  and TEL
         limitation schedules designed to further explore specific facets of the
         overall technical/economic environment.

         2)   Peak year

              Initial study of the various suggested lead elimination schedules
         disclosed an important fact about the rapid reduction schedules'  effects
         upon the process construction Industry.  Rapid lead elimination  programs
         require a major buildup of construction capacity to a sharp peak, fol-
         lowed by a shrinkage In construction business, thereby virtually guaran-
         teeing an induced major business cycle in the industry.  The causes of
         this are quite straight-forward.  As allowable lead levels are reduced,
         new refinery equipment must be built to replace the octane quality for-
         merly supplied by lead additives.  The rapid buildup, requirement could
         be well beyond any reasonable expectation of growth potential.  At this
         same time,  the increasing proportion of the automotive population rep-
         resented by post-1971 cars (requiring lower octane gasoline) causes a
         gradual reduction in the average leaded octane level of the gasoline.
         If lead levels are reduced too rapidly, the refining industry must install
         equipment sufficient to meet, on a low-lead basis, the higher average
         clear octane requirement of an automotive population with a substantial
         proportion of pre-1971 cars still on the road.   As time brings  about
         further attrition of the older cars, the average octane requirement of
         the automotive population will decline, leaving the refining industry
         with surplus octane-producing facilities and little incentive or desire
         to order new process construction.  These factors can result in  business
         declines in the process construction industry following the "peak year"
         of as  much  as  50%, extending  over several years.
RGH-015                   Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                        5-2,

-------
              The  precise  timing  of  this  "peak year"  condition, where  the  gasoline
          clear  pool octane  reaches a maximum, varies  depending  upon  the  rate of
          lead removal,  assumptions concerning the  car  population,  and  the  increase
          in usage  of  low-octane fuels.  Nevertheless,  the effect  is  real and may
          result in a  rapid  buildup of excessive octane-producing  refinery
          capaci ty.

              Each proposed schedule was  therefore  examined  for the  possible pre-
          sence  of  a  "peak  year".   Figure 2-1, depicting  Schedule G,
          shows  a  typical peak situation occurring  in  1974.   For each selected
          schedule, the  product demand and TEL limitation  levels occurring  at the
          peak year were  imposed on both models (California,  and U.S.A. ex-
          California), and  the expanded equipment capacities  (and  associated
          investments) over  those  required to meet  1969 demand patterns were cal-
          culated.  These capacities were  expressed  in  terms  of  the additional
          capacity  required  for processing units considered (crude  distillation,
          vacuum distillation, reforming,  alkylation, etc.).

              A series  of  cases was  then  prepared  for  those  years  that preceded
          the peak year.  For each year studied, the models were provided with
          available unit  capacities equal  to those  available  at  the close of the
          prior year,  and were allowed to  "build" new equipment  as  needed to meet
          the increasing  product demands and decreasing allowable  TEL levels.  In
          no event, however, was a model allowed to  "build" capacity  of any unit
          in excess of that  previously established  as necessary  to  meet peak year
          condi ti ons.

              The  period between  the peak year and  the terminal year (1980) was
          handled  in similar fashion.  A terminal year  run was made,  allowing the
          model  lo "build" whatever aild I I. i ona I  c.jpol Yeaf Analyai:;

              All  schedules were  not subjected to  the  identical series of  solu-
          tions.   For  some schedules, peak year only or peak  and terminal years
          only were run.  For others, intermediate  cases were run.  The alterna-
          tives of  running  a complete schedule as a  very large "time-staged"
          linear programming model, or of  running without  the "look ahead"
          afforded by  the peak year and terminal year  runs were  both  considered.
RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.

-------
         The time~staged approach,  although  It would produce a  more rigorous  math-
         ematical  optimum,  would have been significantly more expensive.   Further-
         more, there is serious doubt as to  whether the industry itself possesses
         the flexibility or the infallible foresight to plan for the  "perfect"
         solution  which such a model  would generate.  The "no look  ahead"
         approach, on the other hand, would  fail  to recognize the level  of fore-
         sight and advanced planning  which occurs  in the industry.   We  believe
         that the  techniques chosen represent fairly the level  and  effect  of
         advanced  planning  practiced  by the  industry.

         4)   Facilities Investment

              New  facilities investments required  by the model  solutions were not
         costed in the  specific unit  sizes indicated by the  model solutions.
         Instead,  investment costs  were charged as a pro rata fraction  of  the cost
         for typical size refinery  units of  the types  under  consideration.   For
         example,  the typical  size  of a crude distillation  unit was determined to
         be 70,000 barrels  per day.  If, for a particular case, the model  indi-
         cated that 7000 barrels per  day of  crude  capacity was  required, the  model
         refinery  would be  costed with l/10th the  construction  cost of  a 70,000
         barrels  per day unit, not  with the  estimated  construction  cost  of a  7000
         barrels  per day unit.  This  can be  considered equivalent to  interpreting
         the solution as implying that, in the year in question,  l/10th  of the U.S.
         refineries built "average" 70,000 barrel  per  day crude units.   The
         installation of new equipment in an individual refinery is,  of  course,  a
         sharply  discontinuous step function when  any  individual  piece  of  equip-
         ment is  considered.  Consideration  of all new construction within the
         industry  tends to  smooth this function considerably, however.   The 90%  of
         refiners  who presumably did  not build crude capacity in the  example  year
         would have contributed their share  to the overall  industry construction
         pattern  through the installation of other needed new equipment.

              In  practice,  refining process  capacity is planned and installed to
         recognize and  accommodate  three-to-five years of growth.  Taken as a
         whole, the capacity growth of the refining sector would appear  to be a
         relatively smooth  function with time.  For a  specific  refinery, however,
         growth would actually occur  as discrete changes.   For  this study,  it was
         assumed  that industry-wide smoothing (via the technique described in the
         preceding paragraph)  tends to reflect an  industry capacity which  results
         in an industry excess no greater than that normally installed.

              Added investment is the investment over  the reference case for  the
         U.S. refineries (excluding distribution costs).  These figures  are
         reported  under cost effects  in Section 4  on a cost  in  dol1ars-per-year
         basis.  The total  investment per year, except for  the  cumulative  ten-year
         investment reported in 1980, is the investment cost per year over 0.2619
         (the assumed yearly cost of  investment, see Appendix E).
RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.

-------
              Another consideration must be dealt with to achieve a realistic
         added investment cost for unleaded gasoline production.  This is the fact
         that unleaded gasoline production facilities will often be combined into
         a construction program for general expansion.  The first assumption of
         dealing with "average-sized" process units should give a reasonable
         industry-wide added investment picture.  However, the reference schedule
         uses these same average-sized units, and the investment difference is
         between differing numbers of these units.  In order to approximate a
         truer added investment cost, the difference between reference and subject
         case investments was reduced by 30%.  This accounts for unleaded gasoline
         added investments being expended incrementally over a basic expansion
         program and thereby realizing a lower than average investment cost.  The
         305! figure is representative of the savings that are calculated by the
         familiar exponential equation relating capacity and total  cost, described
         elsewhere in the report.

         5)   Extrapolation Technique

              Extrapolation of single model behavior to represent industry-wide
         effects involves assumptions about the character of the refining industry
         which are derived from experience gained in previous industry economic
         studies3.  This experience showed that economic behavior can be expected
         to follow size-response relationships similar to that represented in
         Fi gure 4-1 .

              Dependence upon employing this kind of relationship implies that
         characteristics among individual refineries of the refining industry are
         either uniform or compensating such that uniform (proportional) behavior
         may be assumed.  However, successful extrapolation to ooui-all. economic
         behavior does not suggest that it is possible to extrapolate other char-
         acteristics  of a single model to represent characteristics of the indus-
         try.  Obviously, known geographic differences in raw stock quality, prod-
         uct demands  and economic  conditions cause limited sample extrapolation to
         become sufficiently erroneous to warrant not attempting the extrapolation.
         For example, extrapolating hydrocracking and cat cracking  capacities to
         national levels implies that local conditions will need both capacities
         or that local needs will  balance out.   The former is very doubtful and
         the latter cannot be tested easily.  On the other hand, investment require-
         ments for mid-barrel conversion can be extrapolated without needing to
         define exactly what kind  of process will be involved.

              For the purposes of  this study, industry-wide economics can be pre-
         dicted, but details of processing, including process configuration
         details can  not be safely extended to represent industry-wide behavior.
         The procedures used in extrapolating added costs depend upon the rela-
         tionship  explained in paragraph 5.4
RGH-015                  Boiimrr Ac. Moore Associutes, Inc.

-------
5.2      REFINING AND PETROCHEMICAL INDUSTRY BASIS
5.2.1    Assumptions Pertaining to Process Unit and Blending Data

         Petroleum refining processes exist primarily to separate and to modify
the hydrocarbons contained in crude petroleum so that these separated streams will
satisfy the volume and quality characteristics of fuels and non-fuel products pro-
duced from petroleum.  These products include gasoline, jet fuels, kerosene, heat-
ing oils, diesel fuels, lubes, waxes, asphalts and heavy industrial fuel.  In
today's refining operations, gasoline is by far the primary product of the refin-
ing industry.

         The model employed in this study includes representations of all the
typical existing processes for separation and conversion of crude oil into salable
products.  Each process is described in terms of the principal mechanism of repre-
sentation within the mathematical  model.

         1)   ('I'udu Uin Li 1 lali-on

              Crude distillation is the process of separating crude oil  into nar-
         row boiling range cuts via fractionation.  These separated hydrocarbons
         can then be further processed in downstream units and/or used directly
         for product blending.

              The model is equipped with a variable which represents the yield
         structure of the typical  composite crude distilled into the fractions
         used  in this model.  It includes an optional variable which represents
         the yields of distilling  12 Ib. natural gasoline.

         2)   Ct'uda Sir-cam Attr-i.butint

              A variety of crude stream attributes are combined during the crude
         compositing operations of the model to predict the characteristics of
         certain streams.  These attributes include the octane numbers of straight
         run naphthas, the N2A'st, of straight run naphthas as reformer feeds, the
         API gravities and characterization factors of gas oils as catalytic
         cracker feeds, and the sulphur contents of atmospheric distillates,
         vacuum distillates and vacuum residuum for blending fuels.
IMaphthene plus  twice aromatics, used as a reforming feed quality characteristic.
RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                      5-6'

-------
         3)    Vacuum Distillation

              Vacuum distillation separates  reduced crude coming from the crude
         unit into defined boiling range  fractions  via distillation under vacuum
         conditions to avoid thermal  cracking of these heavier boiling hydrocar-
         bons.   These fractions  can then  be  processed further or used in blending
         for fuel  products.

              The  model  has  a single  variable representing distillation of the
         reduced crude from the  composited typical  crude into the boiling range
         fractions used.

         4)    Thermal Cracking

              Thermal cracking is a process  of cracking long hydrocarbon molecules
         into smaller molecules  by exposing  the molecules to high temperatures for
         a long period of time.   The  lighter molecules produced (gas and naphthas)
         generally require further processing before they can be used in final
         products; the heavier molecules  can often  be blended directly into fuel
         oi Is.

              The  thermal cracker is  assumed in this study to represent cracking
         of  virgin gas oil feeds ranging  from 20 to 27 API gravity.  Linear inter-
         polation  between these  two is  permitted by the model.   The thermal gaso-
         line is optimally depentanized in the model.

         5)    Coking

              The  delayed cokers normally found in  U.S. refineries  crack vacuum
         residuum  into lighter hydrocarbons  by exposure to high temperatures
         for an extended time period.   The liquid products from the coker are
         similar to that of thermal crackers.

              The  model  contains yield  patterns for vacuum residuums, steam
         cracked tar, cat cracker slurry, heavy vacuum gas oil, thermal cracked
         tar, and  visbreaker tar.  The  model also contains a Conradson carbon
         correction to reflect the proper yields on feeds from dependent crude
         sources.   The light coker naphtha produced is optimally depentanized.

         6)    Visbreaking

              Visbreaking is a process  similar to thermal cracking, except that
         high temperature retention time  is  greatly reduced.  It is used primarily
         as  a means of reducing  viscosity of the feedstock, not as  a means of
         cracking.to lighter material.   The  products can be further processed, or
RGH-015                  Donner & Moore Associates, Inc.                       •*"'

-------
         the heavier gas oils can be blended into final products.  This process is
         not common to the modern U.S. refinery  and is being phased out by many
         of- the older refineries.

              The model  contains a single variable representing visbreaking of
         vacuum residuals into the appropriate products.  The visbreaker gasoline
         is allowed to be depentanlzed.

         7)   Catalytic Cracking

              The catalytic cracker selectively cracks gas oil feeds into lighter
         molecules by exposing the gas oil to a catalyst under high temperatures.
         The products include olefinic gasolines of high octane and light olefins
         for alkylation  feedstocks.

              The model  assumes a basic feedstock quality of -the following
         properti es:

              n    796°  average boiling point.

              n    K factor of 11.5.

              n    Operating at a 60% conversion with 100% zeolite catalyst.

              A set of variables represents the collection of various feedstocks
         into a cat cracker feed pool, along with their average boiling point and
         K factor quantities.  The basic yield structure is then adjusted by a K
         factor and average boiling point corrections.  The model is permitted to
         increase severity upwards to a maximum of 75% via another corrector oper-
         ation.  Still another corrector reflects permission to add alumina
         instead of zeolite catalyst.  The model also reflects the operation of
         splitting full  range catalytic gasoline into a "Cc to 250" and a "250 and
         heavier" fraction.  The operation of depentanizing a catalytic gasoline
         is i ncluded as  wel1.

         8)   Steam Cracking

              This process is often referred to as an olefin plant, or ethylene
         plant, as the primary products are ethylene and other light olefins.  The
         process cracks  feeds ranging from ethanes to gas oils under high tempera-
         tures and in the presence of steam.

              Although large refineries can and do have steam cracking facilities,
         most steam cracking capacity exists in petrochemical plants.   The model
         used in this study includes steam cracking as a  process  which can take
         refinery intermediate streams as charge stocks to produce ethylene,
RGH Olb                   DOMIUT At Moore Associates, Inc.                       5-0

-------
         propylene, and butadiene and return to the refinery the unused butylenes,
         gasoline, gas oil and tar resulting from the steam cracking operation.
         The steam cracking  process  is permitted to vary the severity of cracking
         naphthas and gas oil feeds to the steam cracker.

         9)   Hydrocrackiny

              Hydrocracking is a process for cracking heavy gas oils and residuals
         under very high pressures in the presence of hydrogen, using special cat-
         alysts.   This process is used to convert high boiling stocks to lower
         boiling stocks, and is similar to cat cracking except that the products
         have quite different properties than those from catalytic cracking.

              The model permitted hydrocracking of all gas oils.  Charge stocks
         included coker gas oil, light cycle oil  from the cat cracker, light
         vacuum gas oil, steam-cracked gas oil if present, a light virgin gas oil,
         visbreaker gas oil, heavy vacuum gas oil, gas oils from residuum hydro-
         cracking, and virgin kerosene.  For each of these feeds, three separate
         yield structures representing severity levels are called gasoline, jet
         fuel, and distillate operations.

              A separate operation is also modeled reflecting the hydrocracking of
         topped crude or vacuum residuum with the assumption that this would be a
         separate, more expensive unit than the one noted above.

         10)  Residuum Hydro fin-ing

              Residuum hydrofining is the desulfurization of heavy gas oils and
         residuals with moderate cracking.  The products often can be blended
         directly or processed further.  The model reflects hydrofining of reduced
         crude and vacuum residuum.

         11)  Vacuum Unit J'or Hydro fined/Hydrocracked Residuals

              In design and purpose, this is similar to the vacuum unit for
         reduced crude from the crude unit.  The model has the ability to build
         vacuum unit capacity for further fractionation of 650+ material from
         either residuum hydrocracking or hydrofining.
RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                       •*"'

-------
         12)  Can Oil/Kerosene Hydrogen Treating

              Hydrogen treating of 375°F to 650°F material takes place under mod-
         erate pressure and hydrogen atmosphere in the presence of a catalyst.
         The process removes sulfur, nitrogen and other Impurities, and saturates
         most unsaturated molecules.  The model allows treating of all the streams
         in  the  375° to 650° boiling range.  The variables represent yields
         based on assumed properties of each feed.

         13)  Naphtha Hydroyan Treating

              Hydrogen treating of naphthas is similar to that of gas oils, except
         that the feed is lighter.  The primary purpose of this unit is to prepare
         reformer feedstock to protect the expensive reformer catalyst from impu-
         rities.   The model contains numerous variables representing hydrogen  >
         treating of all  potential reformer feeds.   These include virgin straight
         run naphthas, hydrocrackates , thermal and cat cracked gasolines, and
         heavy raffinate  from aromatics extraction.

         14)  Reformer

              The catalytic reformer is a process to convert nonaromatics to aro-
         matics  in a hydrogen atmosphere over a platinum or platinum-rhenium cat-
         alyst.  The products are prime gasoline blending components and/or aro-
         matic extraction feedstocks.  The model reflects severity levels from 85
         to  105  RON clear and a correction of yields based on feedstock proper-
         ties.   Reformate was permitted to be blended into gasoline or was fed to
         aromatics separation facilities for recovery of pure aromatics.

         15)  A Ikylation

              The alkylation process produces prime  gasoline blending components
         by  combining isobutane with light olefins (C^, C,, C^, or Cg), using an
         acid catalyst.  The resulting product is a  gasoline component with rela-
         tively  high clear octanes.

              The process modeled is the HF acid process.  The yield structure
         was designed for alkylation of propylene, butylene, pentylenes and steam
         cracked C.'s.   Because of its relatively high cost, ethylene alkylation
         was represented  in the model as a separate  process and its use was
         restricted to ethylene feed.
RGH-015                  Bcmner & Moore Associates, Inc.                      5-10

-------
         16)   1somerization

              Isomerization is used to convert straight chain gasoline materials
         into their highly Branched isomers.   By converting some of the light
         materials  to  their isomers, an increase in octane rating is achieved.

              The model  depicts a yield structure for butane, pentane and hexane
         isomerization,  each processed through separate facilities.

         17)   Merox Treating

              Merox treating of gasoline and  lower boiling fractions removes mer-
         captans  by converting mercaptans to  disulfides.   All suTfur-bearing gaso-
         line blending streams were represented as requiring Merox treating.

         18)   Aromatic Separation

              Separation of aromatics  is accomplished by  a combination of solvent
         extraction and  fractional distillation steps on  reformate.  The main pur-
         pose of  aromatic  separation is preparation of benzene, toluene and xylene
         as petrochemical  feedstocks.   The other purpose  is the preparation of
                                                i
         high-octane blend stocks.

              Process  yields in the model depicted the performance of a full aro-
         matics  separation complex.  In this  process, full range reformate  is
         charged  to a  tower whose overhead is the benzene fraction.  The bottoms
         from the tower  feed a second  tower whose overhead is the toluene frac-
         tion.  The bottoms from the toluene  tower may go either to gasoline
         blending or to  a  third tower  whose overhead produces incidental xylenes
         and  whose  bottoms are heavy aromatics.  Aromatics separation was limited
         to 95 severity  reformate or higher.

         19 )   Ilijilftitltuil-ky in I.-ion

              Hydrodealky1ation of higher boiling aromatics produces benzene.
         This is  not a common  practice in the industry, and only a small amount of
         the  benzene production results from  this  process.  The model represented
         two  feedstocks, toluene and xylene,  with their appropriate yields.

         20)   Hydrogen

              Hydrogen manufacture and purification are two separate processes
         employed to meet  demands for  high purity hydrogen.  The model's predomi-
         nant source of  hydrogen is the reformer, with some of the more severe
         hydrocracking requiring hydrogen purer than commonly produced from
         reformers.  This  pure hydrogen can be produced either through purifica-
         tion or  through hydrogen manufacture.
RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                       •*- '

-------
          21)   Sulfur Plant

               The sulfur plant  produces  elemental  sulfur^from  hydrogen  sulfide.
          All  hydrogen sulfide produced  as  a  by-product  from other refinery  opera-
          tions in the model  was  processed  through  the  sulfur plant.

          22)   Miscellaneous  Units

               Besides the common units  currently  in  operation  in  the  U.S.,  the
          model included  some processes  that  have  been  demonstrated  commercially
          although currently  not  used  extensively.   However, none  of  these  pro-
          cesses  (listed  below) was  selected  in  any  of  the  cases studied.

               P     Catalytic polymerization.

               n     Propylene d1sproportionafi on.

               n     Ethylene  alkylation.

               n     Isobutane cracking.

          23)   Blending'

               The gasoline blending properties  of  all  potential gasoline blending
          components  were represented  as  linear  blending  characteristics.   Octane
          blending values were supplied  for each potential  gasoline blending  agent
          for  regular grade and  for  premium grade  blending.   This  included  octane
          blending values for both  research and  motor octane methods,  with 0, 0.5,
          1.0,  1.5,  2.0,  3.0  and  4.0 grams  of  lead  per  gallon.   In  addition  to
          octane  blending values  at  various lead levels,  the model  also  included
          vapor pressure  and  distillation blending  characteristics  of  each  compo-
          nent.  These characteristics were the  percent  distilled  at  160, 210,
          230,  330,  and 360 degrees  Fahrenheit,  respectively.   Table  38  presents
          the  specifications  imposed on  each  grade  of gasoline.

               The model  data base  also  provided separate blending  recipes  for
          LPG,  for JP4 turbine fuel  (two  recipes),  for  "special  naphtha"  (assumed
          to  include  solvents and other  special  products) and for  extremes  in per-
          missible composition of propylene used as  chemical raw materials  (two
          reci pes ).
RGH-015                   Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                        5-] 2

-------
                                     TABLE  38
                        GASOLINE BLENDING SPECIFICATIONS
Reid Vapor Pressure, Max.
Percent Distilled at
160°F, Min.
160°F, Max.
210°F, Min.
2100F, Max.
230°F, Min.
330°F, Min.
330°F, Max.
Research Octane Number, Min
Motor Octane Number, Min.
"California model imposed 8
leg Ls lation .
Premi urn
10. 3*

18
33
39
54
49
84
96
100
92
25 max. RVP to
Regul ar
1 0 . 1 *

18
35
39
57
49
84
96
94
86
comply with
New "93"
10.1*

18
35
39
57
49
84

-------
5.3      DEMAND FORECASTS


5.3.1    Automotive Gasoline Demand Projection Basis

         1)    Engine Fuel Octane Requirements

              In 1970, certain automotive manufacturers publicly declared that
         their future cars, starting in 1971, would be satisfied with 91 RON gas-
         oline.   Thus, the RFP for this study defined a 91 RON quality for future
         unleaded fuels.   After discussion with several industry groups it was
         concluded that the .1971 cars  intended for use with 91 RON fuel did not
         obtain knock-free performance on this fuel to the extent customarily
         expected for consumer satisfaction.   Consequently, the EPA task  force
         changed the RFP  premise to 93 RON as the anti-knock quality for unleaded
         fuel.  The following discussion of this  point was developed by Mr. L. H.
         Solomon.

              Public announcements made by automotive manufacturers regarding fuel
         requirements for 1971 automobile models  suggested that a 91 Research
         Octane fuel would satisfy all new-car production.  Unfortunately, these
         statements were  an oversimplification of a very complex problem.  It
         might have been  more appropriate for the automotive companies to suggest
         that 1971 models would be designed with  an 8.5-to-l compression ratio.
         Unfortunately, it is very difficult  to specify in advance the actual
         octane requirement- of an automobile  population.

              Figure 5-1  illustrates the distribution of Research Octane Number
         requirements for automobiles  as a function of compression ratio"1.  It may
         be  noted that the octane requirements for cars with various compression
         ratios  have been adjusted for the impact of unleaded fuels.  At an 8.5-
         to-l compression ratio, the level selected by General Motors Corporation
         for  most of their 1971 automobiles,  approximately 10% of the cars could
         be  satisfied with a fuel as low as 86 RON, but 2% will require over 96
         RON.  This variability of octane-number  requirement is strictly a func-
         tion of the manufacturing tolerances of  various parts of the engine.  In
         previous  model years, only about 70% of  the nominal regular fuel engines
         were technically satisfied* with prevailing regular grade gasoline.  It
         has  been estimated that general consumer satisfication would be approxi-
         mately 15% higher than technical satisfaction as  measured by a trained
         test driver.  On this basis,  we could anticipate  100% consumer satisfac-
         tion with the 1971 automobiles using a 94 RON fuel.
tit should be noted that "satisfaction"  in this instance describes the percentage
 of automobiles which can be operated without developing a knock perceptible to a
 trained test driver.
RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                       5-14

-------
Research
Octane
Number
Requi rements
                                 10    20  30  40 50 60 70  80    90  95   98

                                           Percent Cars Satisfied
          Figure 5-1.  Distribution of Research Octane Number Requirements
                       As Function of Compression Ratio
               Satisfaction ion  the  part  of  the  consumer is  masked to some extent by
          the  phenomenon  of  overbuying,  i.e.  the  tendency  of a large number of con-
          sumers  to  voluntarily  select  a premium  fuel  for  some automobiles  which
          can  be  technically  satisfied with  prevailing  regular grade fuel.

               a     Implications  of Unleaded  Fuel  Octane  Levels

                    In  light  of  the available  information  on octane  level  require-
               ments  for  1971 automobiles,  three  possible  study  approaches  were
               poss ible.
 RGH-015
                          Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
5-15

-------
                   First, it could have been assumed that the automotive industry
              would be forced into a reduction of compression ratios to ensure
              customer satisfaction with 91 RON unleaded fuels.   Assuming a 952
              customer satisfaction is to be the selection criterion,  this  would
              restrict future automobile engine manufacture to a compression
              ratio of approximately 7.2-to-l.  However, based on available lit-
              erature, such a reduction in compression ratio would reduce the
              thermal efficiency of an automotive engine by approximately 5%.
              This reduction in thermal efficiency would result  not only in
              increased fuel consumption, but in reduced performance of future
              automobiles, a reduction certain to be poorly received by the gen-
              eralpublic.

                   An alternate method would have continued the  study  of a  91 RON
              unleaded grade, but would have required a 94 RON unleaded grade in
              1975, when catalytic systems will be installed.  It would not seem
              reasonable to add a fourth grade in view of the considerable
              investments required on the part of marketing and  distribution com-
              panies to segregate an additional grade of motor fuel.  If the pre-
              vailing regular grade fuel in 1975 is also required to be unleaded,
              we would find that not only the new cars, but all  of the pre-1975
              automobiles designed for operation on regular fuel would be forced
              to utilize unleaded gasoline.  This would sharply  increase the
              demand for unleaded fuel  in 1975 to a point that  may exceed  the
              maximum capability of the petroleum industry.   While such a regula-
              tion could be imposed upon the petroleum industry, it does not
              appear to be a "most reasonable" basis for impartially measuring
              the economic impact of lead removal.

                   A third course of action would have been to select  an unleaded
              grade of fuel to be imposed upon the market place, a grade which
              would result in general consumer satisfaction with all engines hav-
              ing a nominal 8.5-to-l compression ratio.  Again using the crite-
              rion that 95% of the automobiles must be satisfied on a  consumer
              basis, and translating that to an 80% technical satisfaction, it
              would appear that the 8.5-to-l compression ratio automobile would
              require a 93 RON unleaded fuel.  Though some 5% of the automobiles
              would not meet consumer satisfaction, some oortion of these cars
              could be satisfied by a very high octane unleaded  grade, such as
              Amoco's Super Premium.  The remaining motorists would simply  have
              to adjust to a less than completely satisfactory performance  of
              their automobile engines.
RGH-015                   Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                       o-|D

-------
              n    Octane Grade Distribution

                   Based on preliminary test data available on 1971  automobile
              engines, it appears likely that the imposition of a 91 octane
              unleaded fuel on the petroleum industry will  not yield the minimum
              economic impact of removing lead from motor fuel.  The variability
              in automobile engine manufacture suggests that adoption of va 93
              octane unleaded fuel would not permit higher  compression ratios
              than those of the 1971  models, but would lead to a greater consumer
              satisfaction in the performance of cars such  as those  offered by
              major manufacturers in  the 1971 model year.  While a 91 RON
              unleaded fuel could be  required, an additional, higher octane
              unleaded grade would also be necessary in view of the  possibility
              of catalytic reactor systems which can only perform satisfactorily
              on unleaded fuel.  It is  doubtful  that such a situation would
              describe the most likely  occurrence within the petroleum and auto-
              motive industries unless  fuel  octane number and/or automotive com-
              pression ratio are specified by the Federal Regulations.

                   The detailed distribution of  grade requirements 'used as a
              basis for this study is  outlined in Table 39.

         2)   Automotive Gasoline Production Requirements

              The gasoline production  requirements were forecasted for three
         major categories of marketing  conditions:

              n    A base case assuming no lead  removal or  engine revision
                   programs.

              n    Cases involving octane requirement reduction on new cars,
                   exhaust conversion  reactors on 1975 models and later, and two
                   grades of gasoline  produced.

              n    Cases similar to the foregoing except thres grades of gasoline
                   are produced.
RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                       5-17

-------
                                    TABLE  39

           BASIS FOR GRADE  DISTRIBUTION  -  AUTOMOBILES AND LIGHT TRUCKS
      3-Grade
         Pre-1971  Cars
         1971  through  '74 Cars
         Post 1974 Cars
 45.4% Premium 100  RON
 54.6% Regular  94  RON

 50% Regular 93 RON
 50* Regular 94 RON

100% Regular 93 RON
      2-Grade
         Pre-1971  Cars


         1971  through  '74 Cars

         Post  1974 Cars
 45.4% Premium 100 RON
 54.6% Regular  94 RON

100% Regular 94 RON

100% Regular 94 RON
      n o t e s :

      1.   Pre-1971  cars  are assumed to continue  past buying habits.   Though
           many could operate satisfactorily on  93 RON  clear,  no incentive
           exists  to shift to the presumably higher cost unleaded grade.

      2.   1971 -  75 cars  are all assumed to be  8.5-to-l compression  ratio.
           About 95% could be satisfied with 93  RON clear.   However,  only
           !>0% will  buy 93 clear because of:

           n     Fear of valve failure with unleaded fuel.
           n     Established buying habits.

           n     Likely high cost of 93 RON unleaded fuel.

           In a 2-grade market,  all 1971 - 75 cars buy  94  RON  clear or low
           lead because it is the only regular grade available and should  be
           cheaper than 100 RON  leaded.

      3.   Post-1975 cars  all buy clear fuel either 2-grade or 3-grade because
           of legal  restrictions and catalyst intolerance  to lead.

      4.   Heavy-duty trucks burn 94 RON leaded  in 3-grade  and 94 clear in
           2-grade for all years because of minimum cost.
RGH-015
                         Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                             5-18

-------
               National  demand  forecasts  for  gasolines,  under  the  above  marketing
          conditions  (see Table  40) were  based  also  upon  the  following  assumptions5:

               a)   The  total vehicle miles driven in  each year were  calculated
               from data supplied by the  Environmental Protection  Agency,  using  the
               following equations:

               billions  of car  miles    =  -1:17.54  - 36.86  (y) +  1.2073  (y2)
                                          -  .0067  (y3)
                                                                        o
               billions  of truck miles  =  -434.95  + 20.86J  (y)  -  .299  (y  )
                                          +  .00184  (y3)
                                Where y  =  calendar  year -  1899.

               b)   The  truck miles calculated  in  this way represent  all  classes  of
               trucks.   These miles were  distributed among three classes  of  trucks
               in the following  proportions:

                    n    Light  duty                  45.U

                    n    Heavy  duty                  42.8%

                    n    Others  (non-gasoline)       12.1*

               c)   The miles driven were converted  to gallons assuming  the  follow-
               ing miles-per-gal1 on figures:

                              Vehicles                        MPG
               Base Case
                    All  cars                               14.0
                    All  light duty trucks                  11.0
                    All  heavy duty trucks                   8.5
               Lead Removal Cases
                    Cars, model  1970 and  earlier           14.0
                    Cars, model  1971 -  1974                (14.0)(.95)i
                    Cars, models 1975 - later              (14.0)(.88)1t
                    Light duty  trucks,  1970 and earlier    11.0
                    Light duty  trucks,  1971 - 1974         (11.0)(.95)t
                    Light duty trucks,  1975 and later      (11.0){.88)tt
                    Heavy duty trucks                       8.5
 •'Compression  ratio drop'for post-1971 automobiles is reflected by a 5% penalty.

ttCatalytic  reactor performance  effect for post-l'J75 automobiles is reflected by .1
  12%  penalty.
 RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.

-------
                                    TABLE 40



                       NATIONAL DEMAND FORECAST FOR  GASOLINE
Marketing Category
Three-Grade Subject Cases
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
Two-Grade Subject Cases
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
Two-Grade Reference Case
1971
1972
.1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
Billions of Gallons Per Year
93 Octane

6.2
11.9
17.4
22.4
35.3
47.4
58.9
69.4
78.9
88.4






















94 Octane

55.8
57.5
59.2
60.8
55.6
50.9
46.6
42.8
39.2
35.9

62.0
69.4
76.6
83.2
90.9
98.3
105.5
112.2
118.5
124.3

56.1
58.0
59.8
61 .7
63.5
65.3
67.1
68.9
70.7
72.4
100 Octane

29.8
26.0
22.4
19.3
16.2
13.4
10.6
8.1
5.9
4.1

29.8
26.0
22.4
19.3
16.2
13.4
10.6
8.1
5.9
4.1

35.1
36.2
37.4
38.5
39.7
40.8
41.9
43.1
44.2
45.2
Total

91.8
95.4
99.0
102.5
107.1
111.7
116.1
120.3
124.0
128.4

91 .8
95.4
99.0
102.5
107.1
111.7
116.1
120.3
124.0
128.4

91.2
94.2
97.2
100.2
103.2
106.1
109.0
112.0
114.9
117.6
RQH-015
                          Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
5-20

-------
              c)   Because the average miles-per-galIon varied with year of manu-
              facture in the lead removal  cases, it was necessary to estimate the
              mileage driven by vehicles of each model year.  These were based on
              Table 41.
                                     TABLE 41
                           MILEAGE VERSUS VEHICLE AGE

Age of Vehi cle
(Years)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11 and ol der
% of Total Miles
Class Assigned to
Cars
15.74
13.69
12.02
10.04
9.36
8.18
7.55
6.52
5.24
4.31
7.35
Dri ven i n Vehi cle
Vehicle Age
Light Duty
10.0
9.5
9.0
8.5
8.0
7.5
7.0
6.5
6.0
5.5
22.5
Group
Trucks











RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                        b-ZI

-------
              d)   The requirements of gasoline by grade were assumed to depend
              upon vehicle type, grades offered, and model year according to the
              proportions shown in Table 42.


                                     TABLE 42
                           GASOLINE CONSUMED PROFILES
              Case and Vehicle
 Base Case
    Cars and light duty trucks
    Heavy duty trucks

 Lead Removal, two grades
    Cars and light duty trucks, 1970 and older
    Cars and light duty trucks, 1971 -  1980
    Heavy duty trucks

 Lead Removal, three grades
    Cars and light duty trucks, 1970 and older
    Heavy duty trucks
    Cars and light duty trucks, 1971 -  1975
    Cars and light duty trucks, 1975 and later
% of Gasoline Consumed
in Each Octane Grade
                                                   93
  50
 100
            94
           55.6
           55.6
           100
           100
55.6
100
 50
       100
                   45.4
        45.4
                   45.4
              e)   Gasoline consumption in California has for several years been
              distributed between premium  (100 octane) and  regular  (94 octane) in
              a 60/40 ratio in contrast to a 40/60 ratio for the U.S. as a whole.
              (Gasoline production in California exceeds the consumption.)
              Approximately 10.5 percent of the total U.S.  gasoline  consumption is
              in California.  It was assumed that the California demand for motor
              fuels was supplied by California refineries and the production in
              excess of California requirements was in the  same proportion (among
              grades) as the total of the  U.S.  The California consumption was
              assumed to be 60/40, premium/regular, for all cars and  light duty
              trucks in the base case and  for 1970 and earlier models in the lead
              removal cases.  All other classes of vehicles were assumed to have
              the same requirements by grade as defined in  d) above.
RGH-015
                          Bonner &c Moore Associates, Inc.
                            5-22

-------
5.3.2    Aeronautical and Distillate Fuel Demand Projection Basis

         1)   Naphtha Jet Fuel Projection

              Government purchases of Naphtha Jet Fuel  (JP4) were 207,773,000 bbls
         in February 1969 (83,218,000 were delivered in the U.S.) and 177,173,000
         bbls (81,555,000 bbls in U.S.) in February 19706.   Government purchases
         of JP4 were projected to increase to 181,866,000 bbls in February 19716.
         No switch from naphtha based jet fuels to kerosene base is  expected in
         the near future7.

              The Air Force, which is the only major consumer of JP4, has experi-
         mented with a kero-jet fuel (JP8) but is dissatisfied with  smoke point
         specification performance.

              No basis exists for predicting a switch  from  naphtha jet fuel  to
         kerosene base in the time period 1971 - 1980.   The Air Force has success-
         fully resisted such a switch for many years.

              Therefore, as  the Viet Nam conflict declines, JP4 demand will  prob-
         ably Fall back to  1965 standards, which are generally consistent with
         Government U.S. deliveries  in  1969 and 1970.   (Jet fuel production  his-
         tory is shown in Table 43.    This volume will  probably not  exceed
         82,000,000 bbls.


                                    TABLE 43
                       NAPHTHA JET FUEL PRODUCTION HISTORY
                              Domestic Production8                 Growth
        Year                  (Thousands of Bbls)                   Rate

        1969                       104,748                         13.49%
        1968                       121,165                         10.50*
        1967                       109,650                         22.55%
        1966                        89,473                          8.56%
        1965                        82,416
RGH-015                  Bonner &. Moore Associates, Inc.

-------
         2)   Kerosene Demand Projection

              Government purchases of JP5 (kerosene based jet fuel primarily used
         by the Navy) dropped from 24,931,000 bbls in 1969 to 21,453,000 bbls in
         '19706.  Total consumption of kerosene based jet fuel rose 17.7% from
         1967 to 1968 and 13.72 from 1968 to 1969.  Almost all commercial jets
         use kerosene based fuel7.  Kero-jet fuel could increase 12%/year, but
         may be retarded by further introduction of jumbo jets.  Kerosene produc-
         tion history is summarized in Table 44.


                                     TABLE 44
                 KER06HNE AND KEROSENE JET FUEL PRODUCTION HISTORY


Year
1969
1968
1967
1966
1965
Domestic Demand8
for Kerosene
(Thousands of Bbls )
101 ,738
100,545
99,061
100,849
93,149
Domestic Demand8
for Kerosene & Kero Jet
(Thousands of Bbls)
318,690
204,013
262,596
226,822
201 ,788

Growth
Rate
8.39%
11 .95%
15.77%
12.41%

              Fiscal Year 1971  Government purchases of JP5 wi11'continue to
         increase at approximately the same rate as in fiscal 19706.  One outside
         source predicts an average growth in kerosene jet fuel of 14% from 1971
         through 19759.

              Assuming no switch over from naphtha based jet fuel, the kerosene
         jet fuel demand should grow at about 12%/year for the years 1971 - 1980.
         Other demand for kerosene will stay essentially the same at 100,000,000
         bbls/year.  Total annual demand in 1980. then, would be 774,000,000 bbls.

              If JP4 is discontinued in favor of a kerosene fuel,  the annual
         kerosene demand would be increased by about 80,000,000 bbls/year.
RGH-015                  Boiiner & Moore Associates, Inc.                       5-24

-------
         3)    Aviation  Gasoline  Demand Projection

              Government  purchase  of  aviation  gasoline  dropped  from 21,506,000
         bbls  in  February 1969  to  15,954,000  in  February  1970G,  but.will  increase
         to  about 16,630,000 bbls  in  February  1971.   Aviation gasoline  demand is
         expected to  increase during  the  1970's  as  more private  aircraft  are  used.
         Domestic private demand is expected  to  grow  65%  from a  1969 level  of
         597 million  gallons (14,214,000  bbls)  to  985 million gallons  (23,500,000
         bbls) in 1981  °-  Aviation gasoline production  history  is  summarized  in
         Table 45.
                                     TABLE  45
                      AVIATION  GASOLINE  PRODUCTION  HISTORY
                              Domestic  Production*                  Growth
        Year                  (Thousands  of  Bbls)                    Rate

        1969                       26,460                          -16.17%
        1968                       31,563                          -14.86%
        1967                       37,074                          -10.11%
        1966                       41,244                          -15.08%
        1965                       48,569
              The  domestic  production  of   aviation  gasoline  will  not  exceed
         1969's  figure  of 26,460,000.   Continental  U.S.  production  will  continue
         to  meet  average demand  requirements  of  less  than  25,000,000  bbls/year.

         4)    Distillate Fuel  Oil  Demand  Projection

              Imports  of distillate  increased 165.9%  over  the  10-year period
         1959  -  1968 (1968's  imports were 46,947 thousand  bbls)11.  Total  distil-
         late  demand (imports  and  domestically  produced) in  1968  was  873 million
         bbls11.   Both  total  distillate demand  (5.29% increase  in 1968 over
         1967)11  and its major market,  home  heating,  will  continue  to grow stead-
         ily.   The next largest  market, diesel  highway  fuel  (127.290  million  bbls
         in  1968) 12, appears  to  be growing more  rapidly.   Demand  growth  for dis-
         tillate  has been predicted  as  just  over 5%/year9  and  4.44/year13.
RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.

-------
              There is no well-defined basis for predicting a rate of growth for
         distillate supplied by continental U.S. refineries.  The demand  for dis-
         tillates should continue to grow at an average of approximately  5%/year
         for the time period 1971 - 1980.  This demand will probably be met by at
         least 846,863,000 bbls (1969 production) from continental U.S. refiner-
         ies.  At this time, an average of 14.600.00014 bbls can be imported.
         Distillate production history is summarized in Table 46.
                                     TABLE 46
                          DISTILLATE PRODUCTION HISTORY
                              Domestic Production8                  Growth
         Year                (Thousands of Bbls)                     Rate

         1969                     846,863                            0.0956
         1968                     839,373                            4.34%
         1967                     804,429                            2.5U
         1966                     784,717                            2.57%
         1965                     765,071
         5)    Acronau t, i, aul  Puul  liumand nummary

              Table 47  summarizes  the  projected  demands  for all  aeronautical  and
         dis ti]late  fuels.
RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                       5-26

-------
                                                              TABLE 47
                                                      DISTILLATE PRODUCT BLEND

                                                         (MILLIONS OF  BBLS)
Product Location 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973
Light Distillate Fuel*
California 51 55 60 65 71
All Other U.S. 268 29.0 314 342 373
Total U.S. 319 345 374 407 444
Naphtha Jet Fuel**
California 26 24 22 21 21
All Other U.S. 79 73 68 62 62
Total U.S. 105 97 90 83 83
Heavy Distillate Fuel***
California 55 58 61 64 67
All Other U.S. 791 831 872 916 961
Total U.S. 846 889 933 980 1,028
Base Assumption - "California" will behave "like all
* For LDF: .Assume 32% of total is kerosene, which is
7.5 to 12%/year.
California then has 16.3 mm bbls fixed and. 34. 7
All other then have 85. 5 mm bbls fixed 'and 182.5
** For JP4: Assume 7.5% decline first 3 years, then no
***For Distillate: Assume 5% growth.
1974

77
407
484

21
62
83

70
1 ,010
1,080
other U.S.
1975 1976

85 93
446 489
531 582

21 21
62 62
83 83

74 78
1,060 1,113
1,134 1,191
" in regard to
a stable demand; and 68%
will grow @ 12%/year.
will grow @ 12%/year.
change.



1977

102
537
639

21
62
83

82
1,169
1 ,251
these
1978

113
592
705

21
62
83

86
1 ,227
1 ,313
products .
is kero-jet whi




1979

124
652
776

21
62
83

90
1 ,288
1,378

ch will


1980

137
720
857

21
62
83

94
1,353
1 ,447

grow @


0
o

3
O
1
S
o
0

A
S
n
 en
 i
 i i

-------
5.3.3
Petrochemical Demand Projection Basis
         Table 48 presents the national  forecasts of petrochemical demands for
the period 1971 - 1980.   Bases for individual  petrochemical projections are
described below!

         1)   Ethylene Demands

              An  examination of several  published sources reveals forecasts for
         domestic ethylene demand growth rate  range from 9%15 to 11X16.17>18 per
         year from 1970  to 1980.   Similar ranges of estimates exist about 1970's
         demand,  e.g., from 15.017 to 17.215 bi1 lion'pounds.

              The maximum growth  rate, 11%. applied to the 1969 usage (14.25
         billion  pounds) established for prior Bonner 8 Moore studies, produces
         a 1970 demand of 15.8 billion pounds.  Growth of this demand at a con-
         stant 112 over  the years 1970-80 will result in a computed 1980 demand
         of 45.3  billion pounds,  which is comparable to that  forecast by Struth16
         (45 billion pounds) and  by Mills and  Tosh19 (44.3 billion pounds maxi-
         mum) .
                                      TABLE 48
                                         7
                   NATIONAL  DEMAND  FORECAST  FOR  PETROCHEMICALS
Year
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
Annual Demand
(Billions of Lbs.)
Ethylene
17.5
19.5
21.7
24.1
26.8
29.8
33.1
36.7
40.8
45.3
Propylene
9.0
9.9
11.1
12.3
13.6 .
15.1
16.8
18.7
20.7
22.9
Benzene
9.4
10.3 .
11.4
12.5
13.8
15.1
16.6
18.3
20.1
22.2
Toluene
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.8
1.9
2.1
Xy lene
2.6
2.9
3.2
3.5
3.8
4.2
4.7
5.1
5.6
6.2
Butadiene
3.2
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
4.2
4.5
4.8
5.1
5.4
 RGH-015
                 Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                             5-28

-------
              At this rate, the 1975 demand of 26.8 billion pounds agrees reason-
         ably well with Collinswood17(24 billion pounds) and Lewis20(25-28 billion
         pounds).  If a growth rate of 11%/year were applied to Col 1inswood's
         1970 demand projection (15 billion pounds), the resultant 1975 demand
         would be 25.3 billion pounds and the 1980 demand would be 42.6 billion
         pounds.  Other literature examined15quotes Donald 0. Swan, President of
         Esso Chemicals, as predicting a 9% growth on a 1970 base of 17.2 billion
         pounds, resulting in a 1980 demand of 39 billion pounds.  Humble Oil
         predicts21 a 9% growth from 1970 to 1975 and an increasing growth, rate of
         10+% from 1975 to 1980.

              The EPA study used an 11% growth rate for ethylene.  This rate is
         recognized by general consensus in the literature through 1975.  Past
         1975, 11% appears to be as well recognized as any other rate.  For two
         decades, forecasters have been predicting a decline in ethylene growth.
         While this decline may finally arrive in the mid-70's, no literature
         referenced gave a reason to expect this to happen.

         2)   Propylene Demands

              Propylene growth rates have been forecast at 9%17, 11.6%19, and 7+%22
         for the period 1970-1980.  These rates have been applied to various base
         1970 demands, all in excess of 7 billion pounds.  Forecast demand by
         1975 range from 11.2 billion pounds to 17.2 billion pounds, and by 1980
         they range from 16.4 billion pounds to 30.3 billion pounds.

              A .growth factor of 11%, applied to Bonner & Moore's 1969 demand
         estimate of 7.3 billion pounds, produced a calculated 1975 demand of
         13.6 billion pounds and a calculated 1980 demand of 22.9 billion pounds.
         These demand forecasts are higher than those established by  Collinswood
         and Ockerbloom6 but within the range set by Mills and Tosh.

              No evidence was observed that  would indicate any predictable drop
         in propylene demand in the 1970's.  The EPA study therefore  used an 11%
         growth rate, which is slightly less than that established by Mills and
         Tosh, to establish an acceptable propylene demand forecast through the
         period 1970-1980.  Use of an 11% growth rate on a 1969 base  of 7.3
         billion pounds produces a 1975 demand of 13.6 billion pounds and a 1980
         demand of 22.9 billion pounds, which are close to Humble Oil's forecast
         of 13.4 and 21.1 billion pounds, respectively.
RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                      5-;29

-------
          3)   Butadiene Demand

               The general absence of literature which forecasts demand  growth for
          butadiene indicates its tendency toward oversupply and fixed market
          position.  Demand for synthetic rubber, .a major consumer of butadiene,
          is expected to grow at 4%/year in the 1970's15.  New uses for  butadiene
          such as ABS resins may grow in the 1970's, however.  These uses appear
          to be reflected in Collinswood's forecasts of 3% growth through 1975,
          then a rapid acceleration to 8% through 1980.  Mills and Tosh  forecast
          growth ranges for butadiene of 3.9 to 5.2 billion pounds by 1975 and of
          4.2 to 7.5 billion pounds by 1985.  Humble Oil's forecasts, 4.3 billion
          pounds by 1975 and 5.3 billion pounds by 1980, fall within the Mills and
          Tosh ranges.

               A growth rate of 6%/year applied to a 1969 base of 2.96 billion
          pounds provides a demand forecast for the years 1970-1980 which agrees
          closely with Humble Oil's projections.  These forecast demands fall
          within the ranges established by Mills and Tosh and compare with the
          1980 demand forecast by Collinswood.

          4)   Petrochemical Benzene

               Because of its potential use as a gasoline blending material and
          because of its multiple chemical uses, demands for benzene are difficult
          to forecast.  A literature search reveals forecasted growths from 4S2 3
          to 7%21»2" per year through 1975 and in excess of 7% for the latter 1970's,
          Actual demand quantities are forecast as growing from 8.O25'26 to 10.323
          billion pounds per year in 1970, to 12.8*3 to 13.321 billion pounds in
          1975, and to 14.O2" to 19.221 billion pounds in 1980.

               Since petrochemical uses of benzene have grown rapidly, it appears
          reasonable to assume demands will continue in the early 1970's so that
          it will reach a consensus quantity of approximately 13 billion pounds by
          1975.  And since no author gives reasons for curtailment of this growth
          in the later 1970's, and indeed one source23 shows an increase in the
          period 1975-1980, it seems reasonable to apply a growth rate to a base
          1969 demand of 7.4 billion pounds (generated for previous Bonner & Moore
          studies),which will provide a calculated 1975 demand of approximately 13
          billion pounds, and to continue this growth through 1980.  A growth rate
          of 10% will produce a calculated 1975 demand of 13.9 billion pounds and
          a 1980 demand of 22.2 billion pounds.
RGH-015                   Bonner & Moore Associates. Inc.                       5'30

-------
         5)   Petrochemical Toluene

              Petrochemical demand for toluene is small in comparison to other
         aromatics.   Estimates of 1970 demand range from l.O21 to 1.523 billion
         pounds, and forecasts for 1980 range from 1.921 to 2.223 billion pounds.

              A 10% growth rate applied to the base 1969 demand of 0.83 billion
         pounds forecasts a 1975 demand of 1.4 billion pounds and a 1980 forecast
         demand of 2.1 billion pounds, which is within the published demand range.

         6)   Petrochemical Xylene

              Xylenes, lead by the ortho and para isomers, have exhibited a rapid
         demand growth.  Demands for 1970 are set from 1.824 to 2.8523 billion
         pounds.  All demand growth rates.2: >23.>2"* used for forecasts were approxi-
         mately 10%.

              A 10% growth rate applied to a. base 1969 demand of 2.18, which was
         established for a prior Bonner & Moore study, will provide a calculated
         1975 demand of 3.8 billion pounds and a 1980 demand of 6.2 billion
         pounds, which is within the published demand range.
RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates. Inc.                      5-31

-------
5.3.4    Assumptions Pertaining to Other Product Demands

         Fuel gas, coke and sulfur by-products were assumed to have no minimum or
maximum constraints put on them.  The model was not committed to maintain a fuel
balance, but was a long-range predicted cost of purchasing outside fuel.  The
refinery fuel gas produced was credited at the same value' ($2.93 FOEB).  Sulfur
recovered from H_S and the coke produced from the delayed coker were considered
as by-products, and therefore were not constrained.  Current values were used,
e.g., coke $5/ton, sulfur $25/long ton.
5.3.5    Assumptions Pertaining to Raw Material Availability

         1}   Crude

              The crude yield and properties of its cuts were determined from
         composition of the crudes used in models created for the API study
         (Vol. I).3 Therefore, the U.S. model ex-California used the crudes
         reflected in 8 models; small refiners were deleted from the set.  They
         were composited in the ratios used in the API study, correcting for gas-
         oline to crude and resulting in an "average" crude for the U.S. The
         California crude was determined the same way, using the two California
         models from the API study.  When establishing a base 1969 case, two
         additional crudes were allowed into the solution.  These two crudes
         represented composited light and heavy crudes that were in the API base
         cases, and again the compositing was done in the manner used on the
         average crude.  The sum charge of these two crudes was not allowed to
         exceed ten percent of the total crude selected in the base 1969 cases.
         Both models selected ten percent more heavy crude, which was then com-
         posited into the average crude so that all subject cases run reflected
         this new average crude.  Comparison to reported average gravities and
         sulfur contents of U.S. crudes was  made and a good verification was
         found.  The volume of  crude was al'lowed to seek an optimum at  a price
         of  $3.625/bbl.

         2)   Twelve-Pound Natural Gasoline

              The natural gasoline available as raw materials to refineries was
         fixed  around the 1969 level.  Statistics for natural gasoline and
         natural gasoline plus condensate charged to the U.S. refineries for
         1968 and 1969 are given below:

                              Thousand of Barrels
                Natural  Gasoline              N.G. * Plant Condensate
         1968       148,132                         186,684
         1969       157,492                         191,824
RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.

-------
              The  model  used  in  this  study  does  not recognize  plant condensate.
         which includes  a  significant amount of  natural  gasoline  as a  feed.   To
         compensate  for  this,  we set  the natural  gasoline  availability somewhat
         higher than  that  reported as such;  specifically at  171,200,000 bbls  per
         year.   Of this, 158,500,000  was assigned to the U.S.  ex-California
         refineries,  and 12,700,000 to California refineries.

         3)    Butanee

              The  United States  Department  of the Interior's  "Minerals Yearbook"
         was  used  to  establish a ratio of normal  to iso-butane for the U.S.
         excluding California  (PADS 1 thru  4)  and for California.   The 1969  base
         cases were, allowed  to purchase an  unlimited amount  of butanes at  the
         given ratio.  The assumption was made  that the  availability of butanes
         would not increase  over the  next ten years and  therefore  all  subject
         cases could  purchase  from zero to  the  level established  in the base  cases
         in  the ratio  mentioned  above.

         4)    Ethylene Plant  Gas Feeds

              Ethane  and propane were allowed  to  be purchased  in  the base  case
         for  U.S.  model  to feed  the ethylene plant.   The level  of  purchase in
         the.base  case was then  fixed at the base-case level  for  all subject  cases
         on  the assumption that  ethane/propane  availability  would  not  increase
         over the  next ten years.
RGH-015                                                                      5-33
                         Don nor At Moore Associates, Inc.

-------
5.4      PROCESS CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY BASIS
5.4.1    Premises

         The process construction Industry Includes the American process plant
contractors, process divisions of larger corporations and those portions of other
major American Industry sectors that support these contractors.  They are identi-
fied by their high degree of specialization and by their ability to manage com-
plex, large-scale design and construction projects.  Except for a few notable
exceptions, these contractors have no component-making facilities.   The construc-
tion load analyzed in this study includes refining and petrochemical investment.
In addition to this type of construction, these contractors are engaged in other
large projects such as power stations, port facilities, metallurgical projects,
and water systems.  Recognizing that, within the scope of this study, it is impos-
sible to measure and evaluate all other work areas where the process construction
industry is currently involved, it is assumed that the current capacity in those
undefined areas is capable of expanding to meet growth requirements.  It should
be noted, however, that some of this additional construction work may possibly
draw upon the resources required to support petroleum and petrochemical activity,
especially in the field labor market.  For example, if the current  rate of growth
continues in utility construction, it will be necessary to evaluate the resulting
impact on the field labor market, particularly pipefitters and electricians.   It
should also be noted that escalation and labor efficiency have been excluded  from
this study.  All data are based upon a constant 1972 dollar value and labor effi-
ciency factor.

         The refinery investment, on a per-refinery basis, is supplied for each
schedule.  The petrochemical investment projected, independent of the refinery
schedule, is from published historical performance.

         Given the petrochemical requirements and the yearly investment on a  per-
refinery basis for each schedule, this study phase set out to determine:

         1)   The total U.S. refinery investment.

         2)   The total construction load on the process construction industry.

         3)   The maximum growth rate the construction industry can reasonably
         achieve.

         4)   The.feasibility of each schedule, based upon the limits imposed by
         the foregoing objective.
RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                      5"34

-------
5.4.2    Major industry Sectors Studied

         It was  necessary to Identify major Industry sectors and to distribute
the investment dollar to each sector.  This detailed breakdown was necessary to
derive meaningful capacity limits  for industry segments  in which the lead time
(prior to facility start-up) varies considerably.   The industry was studied 1n
four major sectors:

         1)   Engineer-ing Included process  engineering,  estimating and scheduling,
         design, project management, contract supervision and overhead.

         2}   Hardware covered the costs for vessels, columns and exchangers, for
         piping  and valves, for pumps and compressors, and for controls,  electri-
         cal wiring, dryers, etc.

         3)   Field Labor includes pipefittlng, electrical and insulation workers
         and others.

         4)   Fees and Miscellaneous 'covered process fees, contract application
         costs and others.

         The following list reflects the historical  distribution of all process
investment for on-site and off-site facilities.  The factors in the foreign column
apply to all foreign investment available to the U.S.-based contractors.
                                        Domestic
                                        (US/Canada)               Foreign
         U.S. Industry
           Engineering                     13%                      13%
           Materials                       50%                      10%
           Field Labor                     20%                       5%
           Fees & Misc.                    17%                      15%
         Foreign Industry                   0%

                                          100%
5.4.3    Projection Approach

         Given the foregoing relationships and the premise conditions, the load
on each sector was determined and the percent increase over each prior year was
calculated.  The percent of increase over the prior year  was used as the growth
capability factor for each sector.


RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates. Inc.                       5-35

-------
          Base capacity calculations  for each  of the  construction  sectors  used
 historical  performance of the  same  process  industries  evaluated in  this  study.
 Growth  was  projected from this  base,  analyzing  historical  trends  and  the  current
 workload, and could be modified significantly by:

          1)    Drawing from resources  currently  being used  by industries  not
          included in this study.

          2)    Having those industries  recruit manpower that has historically
          worked in the process  industries.

          From total projections,  the  expenditures  for petrochemicals, foreign
 operations,  refinery replacement  and  obsolescence, etc., were  subtracted.   The
 remaining capacity was assumed  available for  the  various lead-removal  programs.
 It should be noted that any other major changes or environmental  regulation
 imposed upon the process  industry would have  to utilize  these  same  resources,  and
 thus could delay a concerted lead-removal  program.
 5.4.4    Project Cycle

          The model  results  yielded  yearly  process  construction  investment  required
 to meet projected market demands.   This  projected  investment  was  then  distributed
 in time to show when the various  construction  activities  must occur.

          Most projects  of the type  included in this  study require from two to four
 years for completion.   A construction  period of 30 months was used 1n  this anal-
 ysis (see Figure 5-2).   This  includes  6  months for the  start-up year,  and  two
 preceding years.  As can be noted  from the following table, 96% of the engineering
 is completed prior to the start-up  year  and 1s fairly evenly  distributed between
 the prior two years, and tends to smooth the sector requirements  as related to
 the overall investment.  The data for this table are from engineering  and  construc-
 tion sources.
                                              Percent Performance by Year
                                            Start-Up     Start-Up     Start-Up
            Construction  Sector               year        .year -1      year  -2

              Engineering                       4            52          44
              Materials                         2            64          34
              Field  Labor                      28            71           1
              Fees & Misc.                     14            70          16
RGH"015                   Bonner & Moore Associates. Inc.                       5'36

-------
                   100
                   80
Complete       60  .
                   40  .
                   20  -
                           Engineering     //
                                                         Field  Labor

                                                  Fees  £ Miscellaneous
                           10   20  30   40  50  60   70  80   90 100

                                % of Projected Construction Time

                  Figure 5-2.  Investment Distribution
                               for Process Construction Sectors
5.4.5
Historical Investment
         •The plot shown in Figure 5-3 illustrates historical investment made by
the U.S. petroleum industry in refining and petrochemicals.  The corresponding
data for chemical companies and their petrochemical investment are much more dif-
ficult to define, especially that portion which affects the process construction
industry. . Another factor which further, complicates measuring the chemical com-
panies' impact on the process construction industry is that, during the past sev-
eral years, these companies have been changing from a mode of operation in which
they designed their own plants and procured their materials directly from compo-
nent makers to today's operation in which more than SOX of their major new plants
are engineered, procured, and constructed by process contractors.  This is further
reflected in the comment from one major contractor who stated:  "In the last few
years we have moved from 100% refining to 100/K chemical business."  This shift by
the chemical companies will continue to change the composition of the contractors'
work load and is reflected In the base construction level.  Therefore, the petro-
chemical investment which was used as a base was taken from data reported by the
process contractors.
RGH-015
                         Conner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                            5-37

-------
        1500  -
        1000  .
Million
Dollars
         500  -
         100
Maximum Increase %/Year
  71.5% Refining
  61.5% Chemical
        Plants
  66.5% Total
                                                        Refineries
               1960 .1962   1964  1966   1968  1970  1972   1974  1976  1978   1980
                        Figure 5-3.  Historical  Investment*7
 5.4.6     Projected  Maximum  Growth  Rates  by  Sector

          1)    Engineering

               The ability of  the process  Industry  contractor  to  handle  a  substan-
          tial  increase  In work will  be highly  dependent  upon  the  timing and  the
          rate  of growth.  In  mid-1970, the  engineering staffs  of  the  process  con-
          struction  Industry reached  an all-time  high.  Since  that  time  this  force
          has been decreasing.  Currently, much of  the design  engineering  force
          that  has been  terminated  1s believed  not  to have  found  permanent employ-
          ment  in other  fields and  can possibly be  attracted back  to  the process
          construction industry.  It  should  also  be  noted that  the  retained staff
          represents  project management and  other senior  level  personnel who  are
          capable of  handling  a much  larger  staff without degrading efficiency.
 RGH-015
                          Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                             5-38

-------
              Based  on  the  above  and  on  direct  Input  from  the  construction  and
         petroleum  companies  as  reported to  the  EPA study  team,  the  following
         maximum growth  was  determined.
                                  1973       1974       1975  -  1980
                                  20%        15%          12%/Yr
              In  order  to  calculate  the  percent  Increase  in  1971,  a  1970  base had
         to be established.   This was  accomplished  by  calculating  1969 engineering
         required to  support  1969,  1970,  and  projected  1971  Investment, using the
         relationships  described earlier  (5.4.9  and 5.4.10),  and assuming  that  the
         average  1970 engineering  level  was  the  same as 1969.

         2)   Hardware

              The manufacturing segment  of this  industry,  as  a whole, Is  operating
         at 60% to 80%  of  current capacity.   Backlog is quite small  and a  sharp
         decline  is being  projected  for  the  last quarter  of  1971.  Much of the
         total work done by  these companies  Is external to the construction  being
         examined in  this  study and  their ability to react to a major expansion  is
         somewhat dependent  upon other construction levels.   Another factor  to  be
         considered is  the lead  time that they  have after the engineering has
         been  initiated.   The maximum  growth  rates  used in the analysis are:


              1971 -  1972        1973        1974       1975  - 1980

                  35%           20%        20%              15%


         3)   Field Labor

              The lead  time  for obtaining a  field labor force is approximately  one
         year  (see Figure  5-2).  It  is therefore concluded that this sector  will
         not be a limiting factor.   In the recent past, however, considerable dif-
         ficulty  has  resulted from  reduced efficiency  when an abnormally  high
         demand has been placed upon a local  labor  force.  With this in mind, and
         after perusing Bureau of Labor  statistics, the following  maximum annual
         rates for field labor growth  were established:


                        1971  - 1974           1975  - 1980

                          20%/Yr                 15%/Yr
RGH-015                   Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                      5"39

-------
5.4.7    Refinery Obsolescence and Replacement Costs

         The investment required for obsolescence and replacement was set at $284
million for refining in 1969.   This amount was increased each year by 1.89Z28 of
the previous year's added investment.   The base number was developed by using the
1969 refining capacity, as defined by  this study, the obsolescence rate of 1.89%,
and the investment cost of $1,300 per barrel per day.


5.4.8    Petrochemical and Foreign Refining Use of Construction Industry

         The rate applied to petrochemical growth is 122 per year for the first
four years and 10% per year thereafter.   The 2% decrease after the first four
years reflects completion of environmental and other miscellaneous projects that
are already being planned by the industry.  Foreign and residual  desulfurization
work is based upon historical  performance In the foreign market and upon desulfu-
rization requirements as reported by construction industry sources.


5.4.9    Combined Process Construction Industry Growth Projection

         Table 49 shows the combined,  maximum process-industry construction capac-
ity in dollars-by-year.  Using the maximum growth rates per industry sector and
the average project cycle, maximum annual capacity of the total process construc-
tion industry was derived.  The petrochemical and foreign refining demands upon
this capacity were derived from the projections of historical data.  These pro-
jections were subtracted from the total  annual process construction capacity,
leaving U.S. refining capacity projections shown in Table 49.  (The Canadian
refining capacity is 11% of the U.S. refining capacity.)  U.S. refining construc-
tion capacity is that available for replacing obsolescent facilities, residual
desulfurization, refinery expansion and lead-removal programs.

         At the present time,  much of the refining industry is. delaying announce-
ments of future building programs until  a positive direction has  been established
for lead removal.  The impact on the process construction industry is evident;
contractors are reducing engineering staffs, and suppliers are predicting definite
business reductions in late 1971.  The current contractor backlog is very low
relative to traditional levels.  These observations are taken into consideration
in the projected.growth rates  for the  various construction sectors.  However, this
low construction backlog also implies  that other programs are possibly  being
delayed for various reasons.  If this  is a valid assumption, and  if other delayed
projects are initiated during the period 1971 to 1980, it shou.ld  be reemphasized
that these programs would be competing for the resources allocated in this study
to the lead-removal program.
RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                       5-40

-------
so
£D
O

ui
TABLE 49
                                    COMBINED  PROCESS CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY  MAXIMUM GROWTH PROJECTION
CD
0
3
S
R-

S
0
0
in
in
O
o
MM$/YEAR
PtTK&CHE^ICAL REFINING
r
197;
1SV1
1972
;373
13'-
•:"/ =
1376
;3T7
l£ ~-
;9'3
13-:
;9ai
13.2
T27ALS
tcr|5i<
100
110
122
135

165
105
i.-C5
S3C
e50
iiia
jlO
3".5
2/b85
US/C*N*C* T3TA^
1/2CQ 1/300
1/330 l/t£io
3/2=C 3/530
S/Scj 3/SSC
3/933 »/275
3C/68Q 33/265
FOREIGN
ill

•=:
160

j2;
iSS
!3C
•55
20:
2:5'
sic
2/215
CA\AC*
115
127
. 70
i52
173
236
265
3C5
345
39*
1.1,3-
513
587
3/737
us
1/050
1/158
635
1/336
1,615

2(4t3
2,77j
3/137
3/535
*/C.=5..
1/66C
5/33»
33,976
TSTAL
i,27:
i*5
I,i5£
1/S:5
2/553
2/555
3/Esl
3/S72
*/ I7-
<-/73s
5/373
6/i3:
39/329
TOTAL
FBREIGN US/CANADA
205
235
260
235
3!0
335
365
390
<>20
4-5 •'
"80 u
515
555
4/800
2/365
2/616
2/205
3/218
3/673
4/403
4/098
5/S16
6/172
6/'J39
7/785
8,753
9/850
68,394

T6TAL
2,570
2/=51
2/*65
3/-C3
3/933
4/733
5/263
5/S;S
6/552
7,33"
8,265
9/268
ic/»:5
73,19*

-------
5.4.10    Extrapolation  of  Investment  per  Refinery  to  Industry  Investment
          Requirements*9

          The model  results  indicate the investment  required  for  an  average  sized
refinery  in  the  U.S.  (ex California)  and  California.   The  investments  are
extrapolated to  represent  total  U.S.  investment by  the  following formulas.

          1)    U.S.  (ex  California) Investment

               1  =  investment/98.5MB per day  refinery

               98.5  -  average  size of  all  refineries greater  than 35MB/D

               .7  (see Figure  4-11)

               91  =  number  of  refineries greater than  35MB/D

               16.5  =  average  size of  all  refineries less than  35MB/D

               68  =  number  of  refineries less than  35MB/D
                                                    •j
               Total  Investment  = 91 (I )+68( I )Q|y|)

               =  91(I)+19.45(I)  =  110.45(1)

          2)    California Investment

               I  =  investment/104 MB per day  refinery

               104  =  average size of all refineries  greater than  35MB/D

               22.87  = average size of all  refineries  less  than 35MB/D

               13 =  number  of  refineries greateY than  35MB/D

               .7  =  (see paragraph 5.5.1)

               6  =  number of refineries less  than 35MB/D

                                                  ,-7
               Total  Investment  =  13(I)+6(I)

               =  131.0(I)+2.08(1) = 15.08(1)
tlnvestment relationship employed customary form  -  =
RGH-015                   IJonmsr At Mooro Associates, Inc.                      5-42

-------
                                  APPENDIX  A

                            LEAD  REMOVAL  SCHEDULES
              Schedules reflect  recommendations  recently made by
              the Commerce Technical  Advisory  Board (CTAB),  i.e.,
              general availability  of an  unleaded yradet of gaeo-
              lina hij July '1,  IU74, and nation-aide availability
              of a liia-Luadud  fuci I  no Inter than the r-:nd of
              calendar yvar
R6H-015
                         Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
A-l

-------
                                      APPENDIX  A
SCHEDULE A (3 Pump System)
   93 RON
   94 RON
  100 RON

SCHEDULE B (3 Pump System)
   93 RON
   94 RON
  100 RON

SCHEDULE C (3 Pump System)
   93 RON
   94 RON
  100 RON

SCHEDULE D (3 Pump System)
   93 RON
   94 RON
  100 RON

SCHEDULE E (3 Pump System)
   93 RON
   94 RON
  100 RON

SCHEDULE F (3 Pump System)
   93 RON
   94 RON
  100 RON

SCHEDULE G (2 Pump System)
   94 RON
  100 RON

SCHEDULE H (2 Pump System)
   94 RON
  100 RON
LEAD REMOVAL SCHEDULES
(ALLOWABLE LEAD LEVELS GRANS TEL/GALLON)
1971
0.5
3.0
3.0
0.5
3.0
3.0
0.5
3.0
3.0
0.5
3,0
3.0
0.5
3.0
3.0
0.5
3.0
3.0
0.5
3.0
0.5
3.0
1972
0.5
3.0
3.0
0.5
2.0
2.0
0.5
1.0
2.0
0.5
0.5
2.8
0.5
2.0
2.0
0.5
1.0
2.8
0.5
3.0
0.5
2.0
1973
0.5
3.0
3.0
0.5
1.5
2.0
0.5
0.5
1.5
0.5
0.5
2.8
0.5
2.0
2.0
0.5
0.5
2.8
0.5
3.0
0.5
2.0
1974
0.0
3.0
3.0
0.0
1.0
2.0
0.0
0.5
1.0
0.0
0.5
2.8
0.0.
2.0
2.0
0.0
0.5
2.8
0.0
3.0
0.0
2.0
1975
0.0
3.0
3.0
0.0
0.5
2.0
0.0
0.5
0.5
0.0
0.5
2.8
0.0
2.0
2.0
0.0
0.5
2.8
0.0
3.0
0.0
2.0
1976
0.0
3.0
3.0
0.0
0.5
2.0
0.0
0.5
0.5
0.0
0.5
2.8
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.5
2.8
0.0
3.0
0.0
2.0
1977
0.0
3.0
3.0
0.0
0.5
2.0
0.0
0.5
0.5
0.0
0.5
2.8
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.5
2.8
0.0
3.0
0.0
2.0
1978
0.0
3.0
3.0
0.0
0.5
2.0
0.0
0.5
0.5
0.0
0.5
2.8
0.0
0:0
0.0
0.0
0.5
2.8
0.0
3.0
0.0
2.0
1979
0.0
3.0
3.0
0.0
0.5
2.0
0.0
0.5
0.5
0.0
0.5
2.8
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.5
2.8
0.0
3.0
0.0
2.0
1980
0.0
3.0
3.0
0.0
0.5
2.0
0.0
0.5
0.5
0.0
0.5
2.8
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.5
2.8
0.0
3.0
0.0
2.0
RGH-015
                             Bomier At Moore Associates, Inc.
A-2

-------
                                (ALLOWABLE LEAD LEVELS   GRAMS TEL/GALLON)
                             1971  1972  1973  1974  1975  1976  1977  1978  1979  1980
SCHEDULE I (2 Pump System
   94 RON
  100 RON

SCHEDULE J (2 Pump System)
   94 RON
  100 RON

SCHEDULE K (2 Pump System)
   94 RON
  100 RON

SCHEDULE L (3 Pump System)
   93 RON
   94 RON
  100 RON

SCHEDULE M (2 Pump System)
   94 RON
  100 RON
 0.5
 3.0
 0.5
 3.0
 0.5
 3.0
0.5
2.0
0.5
1.0
0.5
2.0
 MIN    MIN
 MIN    MIN
 MIN    MIN
 MIN
 MIN
MIN
MIN
0.5
1.0
0.5
0.5
0.5
2.0
      MIN
      MIN
      MIN
MIN
MIN
0.0
1.0
0.0
0.5
0.0
2.0
      0.0
      MIN
      MIN
0.0
MIN
0.0
1.0
0.0
0.5'
0.0
2.0
      0.0
      MIN
      MIN
0.0
MIN
0.0
1.0
0.0
0.5
0.0
0.0
      0.0
      MIN
      MIN
0.0
MIN
0.0
1.0
0.0
0.5
0.0
0.0
      0.0
      MIN
      MIN
0.0
MIN
0.0
1.0
0.0
0.5
0.0
0.0
      0.0
      MIN
      MIN
0.0
MIN
0.0
1.0
0.0
0.5
0.0
0.0
      0.0
      MIN
      MIN
0.0
MIN
0.0
1.0
0.0
0.5
0.0
0.0
      0.0
      MIN
      MIN
0.0
MIN
RGH-015
Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                    A-3

-------
                                     APPENDIX B
                             SAMPLE  MODEL OUTPUT REPORTS
RGH-015                   Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.

-------
                                    APPENDIX B
                            SAMPLE MODEL OUTPUT REPORTS


         Model  solutions were generated as  computer printed reports for each
schedule studied.   These reports are briefly described here with example reports
of Schedule A,  year 1980.  One complete set of reports for all  schedules and years
studied has been supplied to EPA.

         The reports  can be described in six categories:

         a    Build and Expand Investment Summary.

         n    Material  and Economic Balances.

         n    Blending  Summaries.

         n    Detailed  Stream Production/Consumption Reports.

         n    Utility Summary.

         n    Overall Economic Summary.

         1)   Build and Expand Investment Summary

              This report includes a row for each  active  new facility  variable,
         defining  the new stream day capacity constructed, the  cost coefficient
         on the new facility variable, the  investment (broken  out as  plant,  off-
         site,  catalyst, and royalty), the  combined expenses (maintenance,
         insurance/taxes/overhead, variable costs  and fixed costs)  as  a single
         item,  and the  capital recovery requirements for  each  unit.

         2)   Material  and Economic Balances

              This group of reports  presents weight and volume  balances.  The
         first  presents purchases  and sales of all  weight basis  stocks, their
         production,  the unit price,  and the total  dollars per  calendar day.  In
         addition, any  net production or consumption of weight  basis  stocks
         through volume-to-weight  or weight-to-volume conversions  is  reported,
         permitting verification of a complete weight balance  around  the  refinery.

              The  next  report presents similar information for  those  stocks  being
         purchased or sold on a volume basis.   Note that  in order to  secure  a
         proper material balance closure, it is  desirable to show volumetric loss
         as a sales product,  at zero price.  All of the information in  these two
         reports is derived directly from the  LP solution.



RGH-015                   Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc. .                      °~*-

-------
         3) '  Blending Summaries

              This series of reports summarizes the recipe and specification
         blended-product formulations.   Recipe blended products are reported
         first, with volume basis blends following the weight basis blends.   For
         each  such product produced, the composition is displayed both in weight
         or volume units, and as a percentage formulation.

              In addition to the display of formulations, the specification  blend
         summaries Include  a  recap of  the status  of all  specifications.   For each
         specification on the blend being summarized, the minimum and/or  maximum
         and the actual  final  quality is displayed.   Although the blend formula-
         tions for both  recipe and specification blends are  developed  entirely
         from LP solution Information,  the specification  summary derives  some of
         its data from the original Input Information.

         4)   Stream Production/Consumption Reports

              These reports include a Unit Operations Recap  and an Operations
         Summary, presented separately  for weight  basis and  volume basis  stocks.
         The weight basis Unit Operations Recap includes  a row for each stock
         referenced on a weight basis  in any part  of the model (purchases,
         sales, blending, unit operations, or weight/volume  conversions).  It
         includes a column for every unit operation, arranged 9 units  to  the page.
         The report displays the total  production  (as negative numbers) or con-
         sumption (as positive numbers) of each stock by  each unit.  The  results
         are totaled by  columns, giving a quick and convenient verification  of
         material balance closure around each unit.   Following the weight basis
         Unit  Operations Recap, the weight basis Operations  Summary is printed.
         The row-wise structure of this report is  identical  to that of the weight
         basis Unit Operations Recap.   It includes columns for purchases, unit
         operations, recipe blending, sales, and weight/volume conversions.   The
         entries in the  unit operations column are the row totals from the weight
         basis Unit Operations Recap, representing the new production  or  consump-
         tion  of the stock in question  by all of the unit operation submodels
         combined.  The  other columns  contain appropriate entries, following the
         same  sign convention as the Unit Operations Recap.   Row totals are  cal-
         culated and displayed, and a total of zero verifies proper material bal-
         ance  closure and accountability for all production  and consumption  of  the
         stock in question.  A final column displays the  reduced costs or Incre-
         mental value for all  of the stocks.  Since this  report Includes  both the
         3 character tags and the full  18 character labels for all of the weight
         basis stocks, it serves as a  convenient cross-reference index of stock
         labels and tags.
RGH-015                  o         „          •     ,                          B'3
                         Boniier & Moore Associates, Inc.

-------
              The weight basis  Unit Operations  Recap and Operations  Summary are
         followed by  a similar  pair of reports  for volume basis  stocks  and units.
         The volume basis Operations Summary includes  a column for specification
         blends  in addition to  the  same columns  that are included in the weight
         basis Operations Summary.   If a particular unit has  both weight and vol-
         ume basis stocks .represented, it is included  in both reports.

              This group of reports gives a comprehensive picture of the patterns
         of production and consumption of all  raw materials,  intermediate stocks,
         and finished products  in the refinery  model.

         5)   Utility Summary

              The utility summary report presents the  net production or consump-
         tion of each utility by  each unit operation.   Each  utility  occupies a
         column  of the table, and a row is assigned to each  unit operation.  The
         net utility  cost for each  unit, and the unit  cost and total cos.t for each
         utility are  reported.   If  there is a  net production  (rather than con-
         sumption) of a particular  utility, its  cost is reported.as  zero.

         6)   Overall Economic  Summary

              The overall economic  summary 1s  a  consolidation and recap of cost
         information  presented  1n the earlier  reports.  It Includes  the net sales
         and purchase figures  from  the weight  and volume basis feed  and product
         balances, the total  utilities from the  utility summary, TEL purchases,
         and the expenses associated with installation and operation of the new
         equipment (maintenance,  insurance/taxes/overhead, fixed and variable
         operating costs, as well as the capital recovery requirement).
RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                        B-4

-------
I
o
USA/ EX  c;#Lir/
              PROCESS
                        V£AK  issc/  SCHEDULE A      PEAK PERISC RUN        PRIOR  YEAR is 1970


                                        BUI i.0 A'.C  EXPAND INvESTfEM SUMMARY
                                                      1    1   1
 a
 0
 3
 3
 A
 0
 0

 ffl
 o
 n
        iUILU  V.-C,-J.  .'-.IT
sjUIL-   viSS-LA,'::^

3UIL-,   VAC
5UJ-LJ    t\ f T 1 C
4/0-SIZt
-C.147
-C.128
-C'585
-0.161
-G«186
•Q.fc54
-0«*l6
-C.l'jt
-C.Q5''
"C«e?6l
-C'422
-0.459
-0.153
-0.16*
-C.179
-0.764
-0-316
-0.019
-Q.C62
-2.1C3
-5.Q2C
-C.3C8
-0.013
Tkiii^OTutkiT Ui»

PLANT BFFSITE CATALYST RBYALTY TOTAL */CD .$>co
5/7Q1 5/359 11/059 2/424 5/5ll
3/303 1/156 4/459 977 2*222
6/090
517
189
4/93Q
2/313
1/864
775
1/1C6
5/866
1/149
1/794
1/717
719
544
125
15
0.
43C
118
763
631
2/131
145
53
1/394
675
373
217
310
1/642
138
215
206
86
109
30
2
0
82
23
305
208



245
227

35
45
919
89



17^







8/221
661
242
496 7/116
318 4/033
2/237
1/026
166 1/626
752 9/179
200 1/576
2/010
1/923
805
670
155
16
0
Sll
141
1/068
839
1/802
145
53
1/397
764
490
217
310
1/646
282
440
422
176
143
34
4
0
112
31
234
184
4/097
330
120
3/310
1/836
1«U5
soo
743
4/042
693
1/002
958
401
328
77
8
0
255
70
532
. *18
                                                     41/2Q7     14/853
1*5.76
1/933     59/574     12/288
28/571

-------
ya
o
M
o
3
3
n
i

*

2
0
0

3
           EX CALIF*  YEAR  1980*  SCHEDULE A     PEAK PERI6B RUN


                     MATERIAL ANC EC8N8MIC BALANCE-. HEIGHT BASIS
PRODUCTS
ce<: a *s. CO/TON
SULFUR & 425.QC/LT
ETHYLE:,L
PRCiPANt UNSATS
BL'T AuIEf-E
BENZENE!
TSLUENt
XYLENE.S
-EIG^T Less
•„! TO ySL CSNV
T6TAL PRODUCTION
FEECS
ETHA.\E
V8L-TB KT C6KV
T8TAL FEEDST8CKS .
PRBQUCTICN MARGIN
*/i"LB
2*500
11.360
35OCO
37.000
75.000
33-000
29.000
3l« 000




-12.900



MLS/CD
1/578
57
1/160
586
134
560
55
128
457
2*626
7/341

311
7/131
7/341

»/CD
3/945
648
40/605
21/696
10/054
18/481
1/583
3/969


100/980

•2/717

'2/717
98/264
                                                                      PR1BR YEAR iS 1970
                                                                           MMLB/YR
                                                                                576

                                                                                 21
                                                                                423

                                                                                214
                                                                                 2Q
 00
 I
 01

-------
 i
o
USA/ EX C.ALIF,  YEAR
Q
o
3
3
O
I
fr
0
0
O
V)
Iff
0
o
n
   £C>-EC;-WLE A      PEAK  FERI8D RUN

AN.; rC3\eMC BALANCE  .  V6LWE BASIS
YEAR IS 1970
PR8C.CTS
FUEL GAS
LPu F8,, FILL
93 KPN r-fcTI-W 3ASC
94 ^'J-\ C.eT-'.W GASS
JOU n&.v, r3T8R CiASS
SPECIAL i^APhTn^s
JP-4 NAPr.Tr.A JS.T
KEReSI:.E & JP-5
DIbTILLATE FUELS
RESIOCAL FwEL £IL
vSLt'^LTRIC LOSS
V8L TO *T C6NV
TSTAi. PReDUCTI8N
FEEtS
NSKr-AL ctTANE
ISJ-boTA.\E
\ATcRAi. GASSLI^'E
CnLiuil
XT TC v8L CS,\w
S/BBL
2-930
2-730
4.620
4.630
5.670
4.200
Ilfio
3.780
2.730




•3.15C
•3.260
-3t470
•3.625

BBL/CC
6/906
8C4
47/180
19/3C7
1/837
3/669
1/E88
18/444
34/660
9/644
-7/786
22/577
159/251

1/552
1/4C5
4/C60
142/401
9/433
8/CO
20/236
2/196
217/965
89/39g
10/417
15/*93
6/671
81/340
131/015
26/328


601/056

•6/149
•4/532
-14/0*8
"516/203
»•••«•
            TOTAL FEECSTSCKS
         PRSDUCT16N MARGIN'
                     159/252
                                                        •541/022
                                                          ••••««•

                                                          60/034
                                                                                2/52J
                                                                                  294
                                                                               17/22J
                                                  67
                                                l/346
                                                  580
                                                6/732
                                               12/65!
                                                3/52(j
                                               •2/842
                                                  513
                                                l/*82
                                               5l/976
DO

•sj

-------
TO
ff>
X
I
      USA, EX CALIF/  YEAR  igSQ/  SCHEDULE A     PEAK PERIOD RUN       PRjflR YEAR JS 1970
ts                       WEIGHT  BASIS RECIPE BLENDS
o                       ----•--•.---•-.-•....._...
3
O
Jl              PR6PANE  UKSATS

o                                                       PERCENT
o              CBMPBNENT            ^LB/CD             CBUPSNEN
«
>
»     C3U  PROPYLENE                    586               100»0
o                                    •-••«»               •.«».
o
KM*
£              TCTAL                    586               lOO'O
ui
M
rt
CD

00

-------
 t
 o
 09
 I
 «O
       USA, EX CALIF' YEAR  I9fao,  SCHEDULE  A      PEAK PERI8D RUN

                            UIE EASIS  RECIPE  BLENDS
                                                       PSJ6R YEAR IS 1970
0
o
3
3
O
•1

8-
0
0

o
ID
HI
0
n
                LP3 res PULL
C6MPGNENT
C3S
            NEH^.AL BUTANE
T6TAL
                             EBL/CO
                        760
                                                  PERCENT
                                                 COMPONENT
                                                     94«5
                                                      5»5
                                  80*                1CO»C


                   *•«»«**


         SPECIAL NAPj-jHAS
                                     BbL/CD
                                         PERCENT
                                        C8MP8NENT
HSM  MERbX Tr
-------
TO
Ct
X
       USA/ EX CALIF/  YEAR  19«0/  SCHEDULE A     PEAK PERIOD RUN        PRIOR  YEAR JS 1970

                             -.E BASIS RE.CIPE BLENDS
CD
o               JP-* NAPHTHA  JET

2                                                        PERCENT
f               ceMP6,\ENT            eaL/co             COMPONENT

2
o      LLM  ,C5-l*5  CKO'^'APt             175                11. 0-
                                         159                1C»0
            2CO-320 CR3«NAP.             <»6J                29-0
«i      HS«  MCR'jX TKTD HSR               191                12-0
8      KHR  H2 TRTD KEROSENE             6Q4                38. 0
2.                                     ..--..               .....
!»

S               TeTA»-                  i'588               100«0
 i

 O

-------
           A, Ex CAi-iF,  vEAR
70
O
                                             A     PEAK PEKI8C  RUN

                                         L-"SIS SPEC SLE.'CS
                                       S3 *5\ «-.ST9K  GASe
                                                                  PRIOR YEAR jS 1970
                                                      i  PEF6RT

                                                          PERCENTAGE
         NC4
         IC5
B
o
3
3
n
i
tf
2
o
0
a
o
n
3
n
                      Pi \TA\t3
                                          2*532
                                             72
                                          'J/7C3
•.AT

T;._

395

XYH
                  -T r^L.OAsS.
                  •' \ ~
                                            591
                     T3..E--' FEED
    C«2
    1*0
    2*6
    6.7
    3.9
    4.3
   12*1
    6.9
    8.6
    9.C
    1.3
    3.6
   25.9
    4.7
                                             79             10Q.O


                                                 CUALITY REPORT

                                         •I^IfU^         CLAU'ITY
                                         12/2CC
                                          2*201
                                          1/900
            TLL

            rf ._' -,
            ."'; -N

oo
i
            lu.
            'd'.Z
            2J:
            3JC
                    11C
                                             .0
                                           1S.G
                 ' w  - r r
93.C
85.0

1C.1
33<6

5.?. 8
92-7
                                                                          MAXIMUM
                                                                   35«0
                                                                   57«0

                                                                   96«0

-------
        USA/  EX CALIF, YEAR 198Q*
o
(71
                              A     PEAK PERIOD RUN

                          BASIS SPEC BUE\CS
                                     94 «8N M8T8R GAS8
                                                           PRI0R  YEAR  JS  1970
                              VQLUKE AND COMPOSITION.REPORT
td
• o
3
3
o
i
 2
 o
 o
NU
LLn
               TtJ BLEND
NCR.-.AL BUTA.VE
        FCM
        HCM
145-200 CRC'NAP,
C5-oOO VlSB'SASb.
C5-<.30'CAT GAS8.
250-410 CAT GAS8
C5-JC6 KAFFlNATE
                          VOLUME
                          BBL/CB
                             927
                             745
                             517
                           9*253
                             494
                           1*769
                                                       PERCENTAGE
             4.8
            17.6
             3-9
             2-7
            48*0
            11.4
             2.6
             9.2
 a
 in
 0
 o
 (
 n
 M
 3
 o
    T8TAL
SPECIFICATION
           TEL  TEL

           RON 'RESEARCH 8CTANE
           Mi)N  r'.BTSK BCfANE
                          19*307
           RVP  RLIO VAP8R PRESS
           160  PCT SFF AT 160
           210  PCT &FF AT 2ic
           230  PCT OFF AT 230
           330  PCT SFF AT 33c
                            86.Q
                            18.0
                            39.Q
                            49.0
           100*0


CUALITY REP3RT

        CUALITY


        2.771

         94.0
         86.0

         10.1
         35.0'
         57,0
         64.3
         68.4
                                                           MAXIMUM
                                                             10*1
                                                             35»0
                                                             57*0

                                                             96*0
 CO
 I

-------
30
O
z
        USA* EX CALIF* vE*S
                                            A      PEAK PERIOD RUN

                                 VSLIKE:  »ASis  SPEC BLENCS
                                                                         PKI8R YEAR IS 1970
                                      ICC RQN f.STSK GAS6
CD
o
3
3
f

2
0
0
A
                               VOLUME  ANC COCPSSITIQN REP6RT

                                                        PERCENTAGE
        FC:-i  C=-".3C CAT C-
             30
           HVP  ^£.13
           Isl1  -CT o-FT AT l(i^
           21;  ? C T ;: r ^ ;. T c ; 3
           23C  -CT ^FF iT ejC
           33C  -CT tFF AT jjc
                             LSS
                                        B8L/CC
 81
252
733
624
  9
139
                                         1*837
13.7
39.9
34.0
 C.5
 7.5
                                                           100*0


                                                QUALITY  REP9RT

                                                        CLALlTY
                                                                        •MAXIMUM

ICQ.C
92'0
18.Q
39. C
49.0
84.Q
.......
3. CCO
1CO.O
52*0
10.3
33.0
E4.0
67.7
92.5
»•••••

10«3
33*0
54.0
96>0
00
I

-------
 I
o

01





         USA,  EX CALIF/  YEAR 198Q, SCHEDULE A     PEAK PERIOD RUN        P«I3R  YEAR  l'S  1970                                      1  10


                                 VOLIKE BASIS SPEC BLENDS




                                      KER8SJNE 5 JP-5




 ffl                            'VOLUME AND COMPOSITION REPORT
 o

 3              COMPONENT               VOLUME           PERCENTAGE
 5              TB BLEND                BliL/CD           COMPOSITION
 in


 |                TOTAL

 ?
 f»
 
 If.
 9

 o       HSM  KER6X TRTC HSR             <»/025               22»2
 0       KMS  HE TRTC KEROSENE          13/577               73.6

 *       HVA  HLAVY ALKYLATE               773
                                                 CUAL1TY  REPORT
 o            SPECIFICATION             I-INIKUK          CULlTY          MAXIMUM
            FLS  FLASH INDEX                             27f»4             «-'80»0
            35G  PCT 6FF AT 350                            8.2              10«0

                 PCT OFF AT 4QO            6-0            37*9
09
I

-------
TO
O
        SA, EX CAUF/  rE*=? 15*0'  S
B
0
3
3
A

fr

2
0
0

ft
II)
ID
0
o
o
tfl
               TV ELLM.
       SCY   T-xT^  LT CYC'-E
       HLQ   65D-7?: .":.?«-.-:  r'ju
       hLB   7SC-S3C !_:•:!":'.  rii.
       LVQ  LT.\
       LCC  LT CYO_t  'JIL
       KG3  Ci-Klr  .jiS Ell
                                             A     PEA*  FCRI9D RUN


                                         GAS IS SPEC
FRI3R YEAR  jS 1970
1  11
DISTILLATE FUELS

LITE AND Cer.F8SITieN REPORT
VOLUME
EJJL/CD
1/040
J/805
3/CS8
141
185
363
0/442
4/073 '
c/347
5*735
3/067
3^/660
CIMLITY
PERCENTAGE
ce^pesiTie\
3.0
5.2
8.9
C«4
1-4
1*0
24.4
11.8
6.8
23*3
3.8
1CCO
REFSRT
          TLS   FLA3.-. :
                                                                            170«0
 I

Ul

-------
        USA, EX CALIF,  YEAR  198C,  SCHEDULE A     PEAK PERIOD RUN

                                        BASIS SPEC BLENDS
                                                                 PRIOR YEAR  iS 1970
                                      RESIDUAL FLEL 8IL
                               VOLUME AND COMPOSITION REPORT
 ffl
 o
 3
 3
 A
 2
 o
 o
 n
 HI
 V.
 0
 O
 n
 yi
 M

 n
        T8 ELLND
 VBR   VIS
 ST^   STr-. CrAC
 SLP   CAT SLL;r^PV
 KER   375-55: S FL h8L
                 TSTAL
VBLUME
EBL/CD
3/738
1'716
2'146.
361
1'373
. 309
.PERCENTAGE
COMPOSITION
33.8
17.8
22.3
3.7
14.2
3*2
                                         9,644
                                                    100.0


                                        QUALITY REPORT

                                                QUALITY
                                                                        MAXIMUM
           FLS  TLAS.-. J\2£X
           VbN  'INDEX 3F vISC
           SwiL  PERCENT S-L
                                                 .28.6
                                                 12*8
                                                e.OCO
130*0
 12.8
2.000
03
I

-------
     tX CALIFS  YEAR 19s;, SC-EXi^  A      PEAK  PERISC
                                                                         PRIOR YtA"  IS  1970
                                                                                                                                  1   13
a:
i
o
(jNIT 3P£SATJur;s  S
                                                          FHCK         FCCL'        FHGB        FH2F         FSCK        FH2P



                                           K.g.HYDPBF  HYCR3CRACK   CAT CRACK   H2 TRT Q.6  NAP.  HDS     BLEFJNS     Hg PURjFCT


D
0
3
3
n
•i
fr
2
0
0
A
>
ID
ID
o
0
£
1
tn
M
3
n





EThA.v-.E
PRUPAN't
HYC5C-UE.N SUuFjDE
WEIGHT LOSS
ETfiA-'-.E, Jf.T^N'i. KtC
pRciFANjj.Fr SC.<
IS3-50TANE
.\Sf<.-.AL BL.-TAWE
NCb-14j STroK'^N
C5 Tn«0 C6 VJKG NP
145-2CC ST^iK'jN
200-33: £T^.?..-jK.
33v-<s\*
LT nYCr;t;C.r''/'.Cr5.ATE!
N8SfiAL PE.\TA\£
LTt KAFF1.\ATE
HVYt K'AFFINATL
StS. K.l=.g 350-450
LT.vic;r:it. G/.'S BIL
i. T » v A C J U " G * S !•' I L
HYO^ec-'./.cv-irv x Tt? /-=;.'.
Ol!l h_ *^ "S. Ift*^ Cjrf*
Cllt ri:ft ; t^t:.^'"/! T
251
29*
•15 -16 ."3 -20 »4
15 16 3 20 * »*69 « A!L
"*r O«r
•1/242
^525
• 528
         C3r'.£  £  *E

               NL  L'J-.-SATs
 DO

 I

-------
       USA,  EX  CALIF/ YEAR 1980* SCHEDULE  A      PEAK PERIOD RUN       PRJ8R  YEAR iS 1970
       UNIT  6PE«ATie\s RECAP • AEIG^T a*sis  -  H.B/CD
                                VSLL
                              SILFLR PUT
         ETHANE
         PR6PANE
                   SJLFlDE          58
                 LSSS               -1
         ETHANE, IMRNL REC
         PRfcPANC.FM SCK
«        ISO-BUTANE
3
?        C5  Tt-i«t;  C6 VIR3 NP
»
0        33(J-*tOO
0        NAPni  FEECS
                 eCRA
                 PE.\TAN.£
SS        UT.
0        HVYt   «APri.\ATt
5-        S.R.  KLRe   35o-*50
         UT.vlR;,JN  GAS OIL
                  f.  5AS 8IU
         S7f. CRN
         ETnYLE-,1
         BUTADIt.t.E
         PYR9LYSIS  3AS9UINE
         STM CR\  G.O*rCC-650
         STH C"<<  TAR  650.   •
         SULFUR a S25.0C/UT       -57
         C3
-------
o
3:
o
tn
            EX  C-LIF/  YtAP :5aC/ SCHEDULE  A     pEAK PERJ3C RL'N
                                             I-UB/CC
                                                                      YEAR jS 1970
                                               I   is   i
                                   •211
                                              UNITS
                                       251
                                               REC BUN
SALES     v/w  CBNV
            T6TAUS
         HYDS5G:;:-.
         WEJGnT  L
                                                                                                  -*o
                                                                                                ?29*
                   M  SC<
                                         0'
                                      •457
                                         0
                                                                                     457
eg
o
3
3
n
o
0
ft
ID
I/I
0
O
O
in
o
MC:»-1* = ST\.
C5 Tt-^ C6  V
                       5G NP
200-330 ST-.ri
SSw-^CC ST^.=
.SAPrt -Lt^3
LT.
HVY.
                   ^t-.  5=0*
         ST.".
                                     3/898
                                       600
                                                  C
                                             •1*160
                                               -609
                                                   586
         ST>'. CS<  G
         ST.". C".»  T
                                      -525
                                      -528
                                       -57
           'j?A.\i  L.NSATS
                                                            586
1/160

  13*
   57
1,578
  586
  560
   55
  128
           .3*898
             • 600
    23
   330
 1*2*2
   525
   528

•1*578

  •560
   •55
  -128
 oo
 i
•0

0
0
0














0
•0


0
0

0
0
0
0

0



0
C2S
C3S
H2S
LSS
ETH
PRO
1C*
NC*
LLR
IMP
LSR
HSR
HSR
NAP
LHC
NC5
LRF
HRF
KER
LVB
LG8
KHR
HCD
HYL
C2U
C3U
SC*
PYR
see
STR
SUS
cex
PRU
BNZ
T8L
XYL
15*86*
ll.*25
8.189

15.86*
11»*25
9«829
13.02*
12.507
12.507
16.377
15.801
15.25*
13.383
12.507
12.507
2L757
17.086
1*M89
13.7*0
13.6*0
. 15.Q36
1*'252
0.023
18.581
9.Q65
13.Q80
18.619
1*.Q26
10.307
11.360
2,500
9. Q65
29*936
23*559
22.121
           T5TAUS
                         -211

-------
       USA,  EX  CALIF,  YEAR 1980, SCHEDULE A
                                        PEAK PERIOD RUN
                                       PRIOR YEAR JS 1970
                                                                                                                                1  16   1
30
CD
O

in
               RECAP  -  V6LLKE BASIS • EBL/CD

                       FCRC        FVAc        FCKR        FTM-I         FVflR        FHBL        FHKT        FyHK

                     CRUDE CIST  VACUUM      C6KER DELD   THERMAL  C<   VlSBpEAKER  H.OIL UNIT  H.O.HYDRBF  VAC.HYDR  B
a
0
3
y
(D
•1
3
n
CO
 I
ro
o
         ETHvLE,\E
                 BUTA\£
         CRUDE
HEAVY
VOLUMETRIC LSSS.
C7 FKAC FRM \AT
NATUfiAi, C6'S
85-l^S LT 5T RUN'
FULL CAS
lf5-2CO LT.ST RUN
         330-"C-J
         375-55,;
                    jAS GIL
         LTiVAC.  £AS  SIL
         HVY.VAC*  3AS OlL
         930 PLUS  VAC Rt.SD
         STM CRACK  r-ESI^t
         CAT SLw-v^r
         Ce
-------
              EX CAu!F/  YEA*
                                          PEAK PERI6D RUN
PRI8R YEAR  JS 1970
                                                                                                                                        1   16
TO
tn
re
i
O
o
y
fr

0
0
n
to
CD
0
n
n
           650-75^ Ci. ':•?." H5L
           750-33. LT.iiTr, -Si.
           93 j+ BT^S ?X  :-es.
           LT CYCLE 31'.
            STf. C^
-------

o

Ul
B
§
3
o
5
        USA,  ex CALIF* VEAR  1980*  SCHEDULE A     PEAK PERIOD RUN
                                                                        PRIOR YEAR is 1970
                                                                                                                                 l   16    3
          90  SEv FULL
          35  SEv FuLL
          C5-IC6 RAFFINA'TE
          T9UL-ENL
                 LISTIU.ATE
          XYLE'--'E
          T9LUEf.£ DISTILLATE
          XYLE.'-E TCrttR FEED
          C5-1C6 PYROL-GASOi
          C7-»CC PYSOL.GAS6.
          ETMYL^--.? ALKYLATE
          C5-lt5
          20J-33
          C5"»OC Thfi.-.»GAS9»
          C5"»CC VlS3.r,AS5.
          C5-t30 CAT GAS3«
          C5-S5C  CAT GASS
          25---10 CAT GASi
          15U-35V CC
 ro

-------
EX C*L!-*  V£A^ iS&C* .SCI-EDLi-E A      PEAK PERI3C RUN
                                                                                  YEAR  IS  1970
                                                                                                                            i  17
              6PEKATIC-\S  =^CA? -
o
=:
i
a
0
S
0
0

o
III
HI
0
n
OB
i
IM
                   GA=S'_I-''t
C7 F*AC  Fn>


85-145 LT  £T «

FUilL GAS
33W-4CO  ST.-. ,-V.
          HEJLCtC;

          LT.vAC.
          93;:  Pi

          ST.":  CK^C

          CAT  E:i._'
          T"t«"*i. ••.•'<• ''
          vis  cR^^ :-:_=::'
          C6i  LT.  Ci<£-  i*St
T i"1 u -^ -1''1 A L.  C ^ - ^ •.' *• £

C6b Trc'v -_  ^i.i;r«

Vlib. j^£i..:-.£

VISESEA-.E-  iA5 5!

C5-C6 r-r'-.-vC-i'.A
                            BASIS  -  EGL/CC

                                 FCCL         FALK         FCPL

                               CAT CRACK   ALK cs-cs    CAT POUY
                                                                                                  FH2F


                                                                                   Hg TpT  GtO   NAP. HDS
                                                                                                     FHPT        FRFR


                                                                                                         TRTR  CAT.
-S37 -391 -141
"1'2S6 . «1*349 6*091
2*873 4*181 -2*110 65 266
•4C9 -984 -240
3*870
16*077
1*011
16,762
6*737
3 27*5C6 1*898
-929 1*270
-2*288 2*476
1*640
366
•0 -547
308
•3*257
-5>SCi ,287 6*188
•1*181
• 451
•18 "1*623
• 118
•1/869
          65 J*  r.«C :» LT- 5

-------
         USA/ EX CALIF/ YEAR  1980*  SCHEDULE A
                                        PEAK PERIOD RUN
                                                                               YEAR JS 1970
                                   I  17
re

o
01
 0
 o
 a
 a
*
S
0
0
o
 3
 n
 i
 ro
65;;*HYc;RFp. ET  TCR
65v*r.YjFiFlr. BT  RSU
650-75C G.S.F*  H8L
75w-SjC LT.tTn  H6L
           LT CYCj.1 OIL
                           SG8
           CAT CS^C^t" FEES
FULL CWT CAT GASO
HVY CYCLF eiL
CS-2:;: LT.CAT
SSJ-^IG fW CAT
CAT PE:.TA,':ES
C6-25C C*T. QASSt
       FE.\TA.\E
     .i^E *L CR
           h2 TSTJ CltSEL
           TRTC LT.VAC C.Ot
                    v*C G'9t
           TRTC LT CVCLE eiu
                RICH CUT
           C6-F-JB K
           H2 T«T Lft CCX f;A
           C6-25C CAT G*S2.
           H2 T^T^ HVY CA"
           TSTED T!-"L GAS5L*
           H2 T^T
           1C5SEV
           Sb Stv REFi-n
 83
10= SE.- FULL
100 SEv FULL
95  Stv FULL
                                              FCCU
                                               FALK
                                                                      FCPL
FH2F
FHPT
FRFR
                                   1*787
                                   •5/575
                                             .   -306
                                            -13/136

                                             -1/840
                                             •2/195
                                                                                   3,327


                                                                                 •164768
                                                          -2/032
                                                          -6/3H7
                                                 •773
                                                                                              •29/^86
                                                                                                            29/486
                                                                                                            4/384
                                                                                                                       •16'063
                                                                                                                         *138

-------
09
I
ro
         USA,  EX C*L:r, vEi^'  i9£c, SCHEDULE  A      PEA<>ERIBC RUN        PRI8R YEAR  jS  1970                                        j   17



                                              FCCL         FALK  '       FCPL        FHQ8         FH2F        FHPT
           90   SEv FVJLL
           85   stv FULL
           C5-IC6
           XYutNE DISTILLATE
           HVY  An- C.ISTJ..ATE
           XYLENE
           HVY-
 60         XYLE^t T&-..r\ -Fro
 2         C5-IC6 PV=-j-..3iSS.
 3         C7-',CC
0         200-33: C-.f.irt
«         .XE.KSX  T«";- r-ts"
>         C5-f-C T--r •'• j.--5?.
»         C5->rCC v:Sr».liS?.
0         C5-430 CAT ;-3-'t
2.         C5-25C  CAT iiSr
S         esj-*:-. CAT £ts«
5         15-J-35? Cr^r- S.vS
M         35J"*3. Cr-'L--. 3-St
g         CAT  P£.' •>._;-.;£
          S3  »0\  • r:- •« 2-S5
          94  S.SN  ~5Tj-. ;iSE
          100  K.?:. -r'7-. iAS
                                   ••       .......      .......     .......     ....„.«.     ..B..,*^.      .*...•«     -•••••••


            T6TALS                   -0            0           «C                       '00           -0           -0

-------
USA, EX CAL1T, yEAR l?So/ SCHEDULE  A      PEAK  PERIOD RUN
                                                              PRI6R YEAR
                                                                                     1970
                                                                                                                              J   18
       UNJT 8PERATI6NS RECAP •
I
o
CD
0

3
A
1
f

2
o
0
w
o
o
»••
p>
5
3
o
ro
01
        . EThYLE'NE
        -.\8K«AL BUTANE .
         ISe-&UTA^.E
CRUDE
uIoHT CRUDE
HEAVY CKUCC
veLuf'ETMc Less
C7 FRAC FRM NAT
NATURAL C6'S  '
85-1*5 LT ST RUN
FUtL GAS
l-b5o
LT. VIRGIN GAS 3IL
REDuCtU CR^DE
LT.VAC. GAS eiL
HVY.VAC* 3AS* eiL
930 PL'^S VAC RESD
STl', CRACK
CAT SLURRY
C8KEW FEED
         LT.  CS
-------
              EX C*!-I?j YEAR
                                          PEA<.PERIQC RUN
                                                                           PRIOR YEAR IS 1970
                                                 1   IB   2
e>
ac
o
           65C + *p'Y^rir I', J-T  RGw
           65'J-7 = i' S.eriF.r  HOL
           75J-S3,, LT.aTr:  i-BL
                                               FAR8
                                                 FCUT
                                                                       FOAK
FISM
FLA2
F3UK
FJ*K
                 ^E C'.U
             5LtC LC-r ANO  S36
          CAT  CSAC
 ffl
 0
 3
 3
fr

2
0
o
o

HI
0
o

£
fl
FULL CL-T  CAT aAse
HVY CYCLE  SIL
C5-c=0  LT.1AT
c5S-^lC Hv»  CAT
CAT PE.-.T/--.ES
C6-25C  CAT.' OiS8.
N9K.-AL  rc.'.TA'.E
PRoPYLE^E  AU
-------
 o
 z
 I
td
o
3
O

fr
2
0
o
ft
in
en
0
n
A
in
3
n
 09
 I
 IM
 00
        USA/ EX CALIF/  YEAR  198C*  SCHEDULE A     PEAK PERIBD RUN
                                             FAR8
                                               FCUT
          90  SEv FULL
          85  SEV FULL  RFM
          C5-IC6 RAFF1NATE
          BE.'.ZENt
                          138
                 DISTILLATE
          HVY ASi CISTH.ATE
          XYLENE
          HVY AR-jf.ATICS
          TBLUEN't OISTILLATE
          XYLENE TB»E.S FEED
          C5-IC6
          C5-1-5
          800-33^ C'J
          MES3X TM3 HS«»
C5-400 VIS
CS-^SC CAT 3
C5-350  CAT 3AS9  .
25v"»10 CAT GAS6
150-35; C6Tt-A JtT
          KE*eSI\E" 5 JP-5
          DISTILLATE
          RESIDUAL T
            T6TALS
                                      6S7
         YEAR iS 1970

FDAK       . FISH        FLAS




"1)362
                                                                                                                                 1  18
                                                                                                          F3UK
                                   -2/C97
                                   -2/cOl

                                   -1/900
                                                                                                         »»•»»»»
                           "0

-------
             EX CALIF*  YEAR 19SC*  SC^EDu
                                         PEAK  PERI6D RUN
                                                                   PKI8R YEAR iS 1970
                                                                         1   19
 •30
 £T>
B
o

3
A
1
2
o
0

9
(A
01
0
o
a
01
n
 i
 ro
1 to
UNJT 6P£fcAT!5\S RECAP -
          E7HYL£:-E
          NATURAL  GAS3LINE

          CRUDE.
          HEAvY
  C7
          C -L9SS
      C  FS".  \AT
85-l*b  LT  ST RUN
FUEL GAS
145-2C3 LT.ST RUN
200-33; ST
HEsJtCE^  CS-'JE

UT-vAC.  GAS  6JL
HVY.VACt  GAS 6lL

93S PLu'S VAC RES
ST.i CSACK KESID.

CAT S
          LTi Ci!;«£?,.:•.£
v:Si:^^£A^LS  GAS SlL
C5-C6  r-.YC.5-CFsA
-------
        USA*  EX
                                         PEAK PERIBD RUN
FRI8R YEAR  IS  1970
                                                                                                                                  1   19
TO
G>
650+HYoSFi:.  37 TCF?
650+HY-RFlN  ET RSD
65«-75; G.e^FM HCL
750-53; LT.BTM "SL
                                             FH2P
                                                F.MRX
 a
 0
 3
 3
 ft
 "I
 f
 2
 o
 0
 a
 it
 ai
 3
 n
                   I-;L
          P86LE.;; LGP A\C see
           ST./ Cn<2 GAS SIL
          H2 TSTj KE.KS
             '
CTnA.'.E
FULL C^7  CAT  G*S8
HW CYCLE  tlL
C5-c=C LT.CAT
850-tlC I--W CAT
CAT FE-.TA^'S
C6-25S CAT. GAS9.
      "
BUTYLE.--.E  ALEv  'WLL  ^FV.T
95  SEv  FULL  RF-.T

-------
»      USA/ EX CALIF/ YEAR  19SC/  SC*--E3LLE A     P£AK  PERI8C  RUN       PRJ8R YEAR  JS 1970                                       1   19
i
ui
                                            FH2P         FMRX
         so  SE-V FULL R
         85  SEv FtuL
         C5-IC6
         BEMENE
              i DISTILLATE
         HVY AH?, LISTILATE
         XYL.ENE

         T8LLEN:; DISTILLATE.
J?        XYLE-^E T6V.ER FEED
3        C5-IC6
=        C7-'*CO
i        159-hExANE
?        35^-^3^ Ct        C5-4CO
g        C5-400 VISS'.GASS.                                 .5^
o        C5-43C CAT C-ASS*                              -13/136
»        C5-25G  CAT GAS5                                -1/840
5        85i-*l3 CAT_S*S8__                              ,2/195

-------
USA, EX
                       YEAR 1980*
      PEAK PERIOD RUN
  PRIOR YEAR iS 1970
                                                                                                                                1   20
                             vC'LLME BASIS  .  BBL/CD
 70
 tn
 I
 o
 ffl
 o
 3
 3
 It
 1
 fr
 2
 o
 0
 It
 0
 a
 A
 U)
 M
 3
 o
CD

ro
          ETHYUE.-.E
          NORMAL fiLTANE
          IS3-ELTA.'.E  .
          NATURAL. GA
                              PURCHASES
                          1*952
  HEAVY C^i-Ct
  VSLO'-tTRiC L3SS
  C7 F«AC r«r, NAT
  NATURAL C6'S
  85-145 LT ST RUN
  FUtL G^S
  145-cCw LT.ST R'JN
  REDL'CEJ
       C. GAS eiu
  930 PL-S VAC PESO
  STM C^AC^
  CAT SLv
  BUTYLEi-.t
  LT. CS-^LFi 3ASS«
          Thi^^Ai. CK
-------
0
X
I
to
0
3
3
A
2
0
0
IB
ID
o
n
3
n
650»"Y^?iFI .  B7 TCR
bSO + '-Y^.FJS  E.T RSD
65j-7 = ;,  n.-j.ry .-OL.
75^-53;  UT.£7- -OL
93..1- =r-5 -u r-C-L
LT C'C.i!  5!-_
P3;JL:.: LGi'  i\7 SGS
 S*r- C\'.Z ;A£ C-IL
H2 TST.  ^E~.5£r\£
CAT CSiC/.E-.  FEED
FL'-.L  C.T  CAT 3-SS
nVY CYCLI V.IL
C5-25;  L7.Ci7
25---1C  -vr CAT
CAT FtxTA\rS
C6-25C  CAT. 3ASS.
C6- 'v_  AL<
1 S3 -rt --.TA-.E.
K2 T=,'7-
T^'C L7l'.A:  .-;.?.
           -c ;-e.
            3.?«
TS'C \;£i   3.3'
TRT-: L"  C^CLL -IL
         H2 "-»:  L • •  CC-< '-Ar
         C6-c=C  C'7  GiSS.
         H2 TTtT^ .-.-»  CAT
S3 3c .• : i-
 9J b£.  =E
 85 S£-,  ^£
             b£.  ==:-•;•, --.ATE
                                                   PEA*
                                               UNITS     KEC BUN
                             P?:ieR  YEAR is 1970
                                                                                                                           1  20
      C
 -1*373
   •141
   -<,S5
   •309
 -2*347

  1*787
•16*762

   •3C6
 •2*G32
 •6*327

    -72
   •773
  1*5*6
                                               1*8C5
                                              •3*C98
                                                   C

                                              •1*769
         95  Sil.  F.'.L. =F-.T
      C
      0
                                             •12»2CC
                                                           3*136
SPEC ^LN SALES y/w ce\v

1*373
1*1
4&5
309
2*347

•1*787
13*57?

306







2/032
6*327

72
773
•1*546



1*805


3*098


1*769





•4*384
4*248







12*200
TBTALS
0
0



0




0
0


0



0
•0

0
0







0
0

0

0







0
0





HBB
HBF
HLG
HUB
HHB
Lee
GS8
SCO
KHR
CFD
C2S
FCG
hce
LCG
HCG
CCS
LCD
NC5
LA3
LA4
LAS
IC5
HVA
SC4
P8L
' SOS
SLG
SHV
SKB
SV8
SCY
RF1
SBN
HRF
TCC
TLK
DLC
HCH
TCH
PYR
SCN
F05
FOO
F95
F9Q
F85
SOS
SOQ
S95
INCR VAL
3.558
. 3.004
4.288
4*288
2.840
4.105
4.185
4.122
4.35Q
•>1»442
2. Q92
4*889
3*520
4*581
5*474
4*337
4.256
3. 180
5.582
5.993
7.Q51
4.800
4.350
2.792
6.188
4.318
4.288
4*288
4*288
4*288
4*288
3*742
5*121
4.304

3*929
4*592


5*276
5.847
6*766
5.925
5.530
5.320
5.171
6.788
5.943
5. 543

-------
 70
 cn
 B
 o
 9
 A
 t
2
0
0
"I
 a
 y
 M
 O
         USA/ EX CALIF/  YEAR  198C/  SCHEDULE A     PEAK PERIBD RUN
                                PURCHASES      UMTS     REC
           90  SEv FULL RF.-T
           85  SEv FtLL RF.-.T
           C5-IC6 R*FFI\ATE
              AKg CIST I '..ATE
          XYi-E'-E
          HW AHefATJGS
          T8LUt\£ DISTILLATE
          XYLEf'E T6..E5 FEED
          C5-IC6
             5-eCO C".
           C5"»CO
           CS-^CC VIS5
                      S.=
                      GAS?.
                      GAS3,
          C5-V30 CAT &AS-«
          C5-250  CAT 2AS3
          cSi-^lO CAT GAS3
          15J-35C. C?rs
           THii«.>'.Ai. FE\:
           LPo F8^ F-jEL
                  .-ST'JH G*S6
                 j ^eiss GAse
           JP.4» \APHTi-A jET
           XEf
-------
 0
 o
 3
 3
 2
 o
 0
 1
 w
 0
 o
 M

 M
 CRUDE:  DIST
 VACUUM
 C8KEK  'DE.LD
H'B.nYCSJjF

lyAC  dYC« a
CAT  C*AC<
ALK  CJ-Cd
,\AP.
PYWBL
        AR3M  SSlr.
           PU?<:FC.T
           ;ex  TRT
                ?LT
        [UTILITIES
             T3TAL


        UNIT CEST  £/-MT



             T8TAL
193C* SC

ff-
* vt\
ThRfrL-T

142/4C1
63/C96
i5/727
7*S52
2/eC6
SjS
E/=27
27'=C6
S/132.
21*635
£i*e^4
''/SS't
2S*'.86
il/c99
i* J6P
:*us
s
3l*C3l
57
10^*520
5ie/'r77

^-.EDLLE A

STf<
STEAM
fl-LS

1*262
•793
229
185
22
241
-391
101
66
462
487

1/174

730
0
140
•154
-3'762
-0

PEAK PEKI8C RUN
LTILITY Si
KXK
ELEC PKR
K'^H
109/649
31/548
57/371
15/2F9
11*168
552
119,372
83*C22
3^*247
67/326
26/742
3/069
88/477
8/Q25

1*653
3
6
0
194/848
852/336
-O.Q09
,-PKARY
H20
C89L H28
f.-GAL
3/275

1*663
5*341


10*061
16/6^9
33*488-

3/9Q7
2/017
19/376
2*736
1/035
' 1/610



•101/158
-C

PRIOR

ru.L .
FLEL GAS
n^-BTu
15/379
3/786
4/300
1/526
221
75
5/259

9/543
2/*30
811
548
9/629
369
441



68
4/89Q
39/275
-Q'^65
YEAR JS 1970

CRC
CHEM ETC
DOLLARS




379
^
529
2/063
274
44
1/233
88
3/673
51

302



4/767
12/802
•1»000


TOTAL
«/CD
•8/171
•2/054
•2/533
-851
• 586
-40
•4/084
•2/835
•5/030
••1/800
•1/8B9
-371
•8/373
• 297
-205
-317
-0
-0
• 32
•8/853


                                                                                                                                  1  21
                                           -7/927
"27/563   '12*802
                   An. UTILITIES
                             •48/292
00
I
 "

-------
i
o
ffl
0


(B
1
fr
0
0

A
01
HI
0
o
A
IB
3
n
USA/ EX CALIF/ YEAR 198Q/ SCHEDULE A     PEA« PERIOD RUN       PRIOR YEAR  JS  1970

                         OVERALL ECONOMIC SUc.rARY



          PROM WEIGHT BASIS

               SALES     .      IOC/SBO
               PURCHASES       . -2/717

                  ^T                    .98/264    35*866

          FROM VOLUME BASIS SUMMARY

               SALES           601/056
               PURCHASES      "5*1/022

                  NET                     60/034    21/913

          UT1L 5 MISC 8PER COSTS         "48/292   '17/627
          TEL PURCHASES                  .-5*326    -1/944

             NET SPERATINQ REVENUE       lO<»/679    38/208

                           E^^SES

               MAINTENANCE      -9/216
               lNS/TAx»eHD      -3/072

                  TOTAL UNITS        -   -12/288    -4/485

             TOTAL NU ECulFf.ENT ExP    .-12
-------
                                    APPENDIX  C
                      COMMENTS ON OTHER SCHEDULES  OF THE RFP
RGH-015                   Bonner & Moore Associates. Inc.                        '*"''

-------
                                    APPENDIX C
                     COMMENTS ON OTHER SCHEDULES OF THE RFP
         In addition to the four schedules discussed in detail  in the body of
this report, the RFP identified nine other schedules.  These were either inter-
mediate in their impact to the four schedules or, as in the case of Schedules E
and K, were impossible to achieve within the forecasted construction industry
capacity.  Except for Schedules C, D, F and I, every schedule created a business
cycle in the process construction industry.  Moreover, each schedule caused a
growth rate in the early years which exceeded the industry's capacity.

         With the results derived from the detailed studies, it is possible to
predict by interpolation some of the consequences of the nine schedules not
studied in detail.  Specifically, the TEL requirements, aromatic contents of
(\ii-j ol i nu , and* re f i niny Investments have been estimated.  Spot checks have been
run to confirm these approximations.

         Table C-l presents the lead requirements for these schedules.   Table C-2
presents the estimates of aromatics burned in pre-1975 vehicles and Table C-3
presents the projected investment requirements.
RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                       C-2

-------
                                    TABLE C-l
                                LEAD REQUIREMENTS
                               (Thousand Tons/Year)
Schedule
B
C
D
E
F
H
I
J
K
1971
207
207
119
207
207
119
119
119
119
1972
190
122
112
190
146
88
88
65
88
1973
155
75
106
189
106
85
65
54
85
1974
106
53
89
176
89
36
18
9
36
1975
62
39
77
158
77
30
15
8
30
1976
54
35
66
0
66
25
12
6
0
1977
46
31
56
0
56
20
10
5
0
1978
39
28
47
0
47
15
7
4
0
1979
33
25
38
0
38
11
5
3
0
1980
27
22
31
0
31
8
4
2
0
                                    TABLE C-2
                      AROMATICS BURNED IN PRE-1975 VEHICLES
                             (Million Barrels/Year)
Schedule
B
C
D
E.
F
H
I
J
K
1971
490
490
560
490
490
560
560
.560
560
1972
510
550
570
510
540
610
610
640
610
1973
550
630
600
530
600
630
660
700
630
1974
600
690
630
550
620
780
910
960
780
1975
580
620
560
480
560
740
830
850
740
1976
520
550
500
740
500
680
740
770
790
1977
450
490
440
640
440
630
670
690
710
1978
400
420
390
550
360
570
600
620
630
1979
340
360
340
460
340
500
520
530
540
1980
280
290
270
370
270
480
480
490
500
RGH-015
                          Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                              C-3

-------
                                    TABLE C-3

                               REFINING  INVESTMENT
                             (Million Dollars/Year)
YEAR
                                   SCHEDULE B
          FOREIGN
               CANADA
                                                   US
                                                    TOTAL
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
125
150
160
170
180
185
190
195
200
127
 70
179
226
231
128
131
132
132
133
1,158
  635
1.624
2,052
2,097
1,160
1,188
1,202
1,199
1,213
1,411
  845
1,953
2,438
2,497
1,468
1,503
1,525
1,526
1,547
                                   SCHEDULE  C
          FOREIGN
               CANADA
                                                   US
                                                                   TOTAL
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
125
140
150
160
170
180
185
190
195
200
127
 70
158
171
157
117
122
123
125
126
1,158
  635
1,435
1,556
1,423
1,064
1,108
1,120
1,135
1,148
1,411
  845
1,742
1,888
1,750
1,361
1,415
1,434
1,455
1,475
                                    SCHEDULE  D
          FOREIGN
                              CANADA
                                                   US
                                                                   TOTAL
 1971
 1972
 1973
 1974
 1975
 1976
 1977
 1978
 1979
 1980
125
140
150
160
170
180
185
190
195
200
127
 70
138
189
145
127
133
134
131
133
1,158
  635
1,252
1,719
1,322
1,150
1,206
1,221
1,191
1,206
1,411
  845
1,540
2,068
1,637
1,457
1,524
1,546
1,517
1,538
RGH-015
            Bonner & Moore Associates. Inc.
                                                                              C-4

-------
                                TABLE C-3 (cont.)
YEAR
                                   SCHEDULE E
          FOREIGN
               CANADA
                                                  US
                                                     TOTAL
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
125
140
150
160
170
180
185
190
195
200
127
 70
149
168
176
353
122
122
123
123
1,158
  635
1,358
1,530
1,603
3,212
1,106
1,110
1,122
1,117
1,411
  845
1,658
1,858
1,949
3,746
1,412
1,422
1,440
1,440
                                   SCHEDULE  F
          FOREIGN
                             .CANADA
                                                   US
                                                                   TOTAL
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
125
140
150
160
170
180
185
190
195.
200
12.7
 70
205
167
146
128
133
133
134
133
1,158
  635
1,860
1,516
1,326
1,167
1,213
1,210
1,216
1,213
1,411
  845
2,214
1,843
1,642
1,475
1,532
1,533
1,545
1,547
                                    SCHEDULE  H
          FOREIGN
                              CANADA
                                                   US
                                                                   TOTAL
1971
1972
1973
1974,
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
125
140
150
160
170
180
185
190
195
200
127
 70
156
248
158
120
127
128
127
127
1,158
  635
1,414
2,251
1,435
1,095
1,156
1,162
1,158
1,154
1,411
  845
1,719
2,659
1,762
1,395
1,469
1,480
1,480
1,481
RGH-015
            Bonncr & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                               C-5

-------
                                 TABLE  C-3 (cont.)
YEAR
                                    SCHEDULE  I
          FOREIGN
                              CANADA
                                                   US
                                                                   TOTAL
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
125
140
150
160
170
180
185
190
195
200
127
 70
201
158
155
117
122
122
122
123
1,158
  635
1,830
1,433
1,407
1,068
1,113
1,108
1,113
1,117
1,411
  845
2,181
1,751
1,732
1,365
1,420
1,420
1,430
1,439
                                    SCHEDULE  J
          FOREIGN
               CANADA
                  US
                  TOTAL
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
125
140
150
160
170
180
185
190
195
200
127
 70
160
227
138
116
121
120
122
119
1,158
  635
1,452
1,067
1,255
1,052
1,097
1,092
1,105
1,082
1,411
  845
1,762
1,454
1,563
1,348
1,402
1,402
1,421
1,401
                                   SCHEDULE  K
          FOREIGN
               CANADA
                  US
                                                     TOTAL
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
125
140
150
160
170
180
185
190
195
200
127
 70
156
248
158
163
118
120
122
123
1,158
  635
1,414
2,251
1,435
1,486
1,075
1,088
1,109
1.1H2
1,411
 . 845
1,719
2,659
1,762
1,830
1,379
1,397
1,426
1,445
RGH-015
                          Bonncr it Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                               C-6

-------
                                   APPENDIX D



                   MARKETING  CHARACTERISTICS OF OIL COMPANIES
RGH-015                  Bormer & Moore Associates, Inc.                        D"1

-------
o
a:
i
MARKETING CHARACTERISTICS OF OIL COMPANIES
OIL COHPAIIf
Gulf
Hurtle
Sid Oil-til
Std Oll-Hy
Phillips (651)
2S.SI Group 1
A»co
Area
Murphy
Shell
Teiaco
Marathon
Std Oil-Ohio
BP Oil
Boron
Fleetntng
37.41 Group 2
Cities Service
Conoco
Nohll
Chimps (351)
Sun
Union 76
23.21 Group }
Others 13.91 Group 4
Total
Hen Construction
4000/yr i 4 yrs
(1972-7S)
TOTAL
BRANDED
OUTLETS
31271
29427
8217
. 82S4.
13B42
91011
29702
22778
1282
• 22000
40230
361 5
3100
9700
475
29D
133172
9459
6900
25513
7454
16900
16426
82652
49473
356308

16000
PROJECTED STATION
COMMITTED CONVERSIONS CONVERSION t
CONVERSION • 65.81 • S8030
25000
20000
5000

SMM
59885 481
11000
22778

11000

2000
96778
147.010
• 65.81
87627 703





54385 437
0 0
201897 1621
65.81 S8030
1- gride Increnental
10528 85
TERMINALS
TOTAL

485











711





441
26S
. 1902


TERMINALS
CONVERSIONS
« 40t

194











284





176
0
654


TERMINAL
CONVERSION
COST « S150.000
INN
29











43





26
0
98


TOTAL
CONVERSION
COST
{MM
510 - not included in
lead decisions










SMM
746 - already conftted -7*6
as result of lead
decisions




463 - Incremental cost - 463-
to go to 3 grades
0
1719

85 - Incremental cost - 85
to go to 3 grades
Uncomitted1 44U (U]«B5
Coral tted 746
Total 1797
 I

 IM

-------
                                    APPENDIX E
                              CAPITAL  RECOVERY FACTOR
RGM-015                   Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.

-------
                                   APPENDIX E
                             CAPITAL RECOVERY FACTOR


Premi ses:

         1)   Economic Life:  16 years.

         2)   Depreciation for Income Tax:  16 years Double Declining.

         3)   Income Tax Rate:  48%.

         4)   Investment Service Cost - Maintenance, Insurance, Taxes and
         Overhead:  8%.

         5)   Rate of Return on Investment:  10% DCF.
Notation:
         1)   G for Capital Recovery Factor including Income Tax and  Investment
         Service Cost.

         2)   C for Capital Recovery Factor with no Income Tax.  For  16 years/
         10% = .12781.  C modified for Double Declining Depreciation  =  .1278  -
         .0066T = .1246.

         3)   D for Depreciation on SL basis.  For 16 years .0625.

         4)   T for Income Tax.  At 48% is .48.

         5)   S for Investment Service Cost comprising of Maintenance,  Insurance,
         Taxes and Overhead.

         6)   P for Investment in Plant = $1.00.
           L 'I
'C = * (f *J )— .:   Whore i iu 10% diid n Is JO yu.ir::  C. - .12711.
     (H-i)n  -1
RGH-015                   Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                        t-2.

-------
Deri vati on:
G  =    i-i     +  SP




      .1216  -  (.U8) (.0625)









   =  .1819  +  .08






   =  .2619
                                         -08
RGH-015                    Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.

-------
                                    APPENDIX F
                                 GLOSSARY  OF TERMS
RGH-015                   Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                       F-1

-------
                                   APPENDIX F
                                GLOSSARY OF TERMS
Alky lotion
A.P.I. Gravity
A process for the manufacture of high-octane gasoline by
the addition of an alkyl radical to an olefin to produce
a saturated isoparaffln.  Sulfurlc or hydrofluoric acids
are the usual catalysts.

A density scale commonly used In the petroleum industry
in America; related to specific gravity by the equation:
sp. gr:  at 60°/60°F = i**i.5/(i3i.5 + API°)
Water with 1.0 sp. grav. = 10° API and the lower the sp.
grav., the higher the API gravity.
Base Stock
Blending Octane
Number
A component In a blend which serves no unique purpose.

The apparent octane number of a component when blended
with other components; not necessarily the same as the
octane number determined by testing the unblended
materi al.
Catalytic'Cracking
A process for converting high molecular weight hydro-
carbons into lower boiling hydrocarbons.  The process
is catalyzed by an alumna-si 1ca type catalyst.
Charge

Cracking
The material fed or to be fed into a process unit.

A process for changing the chemical composition of a
petroleum fraction wherein the product is predominantly
lighter in molecular weight and lower in boiling range
than the feed.   The older cracking processes are ther-
mal whereas more recently catalytic cracking processes
have been perfected.  Catalytic cracking has the advan-
tage over thermal cracking 1n that the yield of more
valuable products are greater and the naphtha has a
higher octane rating.  For these reasons catalytic
cracking 1s generally preferred despite the greater
complexity and cost of the equipment.
Debutanizer
The fractionator where butane and any lighter hydrocar-
bon is removed from higher boiling material.
RGH-015
                          Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                    F-2

-------
Dehydragenation
The removal of hydrogen atoms from a molecule yielding
an unsaturated material, e.g., olefins, diolefins, aro-
ma tics .
Distillate

Distillation
Any overhead product of distillation.

An operation In which oils are separated Into products
of shorter boiling range by successive vaporization and
condensation, usually in a bubble plate fractionating
tower.  Rerun distillation refers to the refractiona-
tion of a distillate to recover special boiling range
stocks or to remove undesirable fraction products result-
ing from preceding processing steps.  Extractive distil-
lation permits the separation of close boiling compounds
by the addition of another component to modify the rela-
tive volatilities of the original materials.   Superfrac-
tlonatlon is a term used to describe a distillation
operation in which at least one of the products is a
relatively pure compound.   Stabilization refers to a
distillation carried out to remove light ends from a
heavier fraction.
End-point
(1)  The highest vapor temperature reached during a
distillation in which all components are vaporized.
(2)  The state of completion of some chemical reaction.
That material which is removed by extraction.
Flash
Flash Point
(1)  To distill by equilibrium vaporization in which all
the vapor formed remains in contact with the residual
liquid during the vaporization process.
(2)  To ignite momentarily a combustible mixture of
vapor and air.  The momentary burning of a mixture of
combustible vapor and air.

Lowest temperature at which a substance  gives off enough
vapors under controlled conditions to produce a momen-
tary flash of fire when a small flame is passed near its
surface.
Fuel Oil
Any petroleum liquid product used to produce heat as in
a stove, furnace, or boiler.
RGH-015
                         Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                   F-3

-------
Gas Oil
Gasoline
Gravity
Any petroleum distillate boiling approximately between
gasoline end point and 700°F; so named because origi-
nally used iji carbureting water gas.

A mixture of hydrocarbons whose ASTM distillation range
is approximately .90 to 425°F.  Finished gasoline con-
tains certain additives such as tetraethyl lead, metal
deactivators, oxidation inhibitors, and dye.

Density; usually refers to °API, a density scale which
is related to specific gravity by the following formula:
                          'API
                                 141.5
                                 sp.
                                         at 60°/60°r
                                                     131.15
Intermediate
Any process material that is in an unfinished state.
Lead Susceptibility
Light Ends
Broadly defined is a measure of the effectiveness of
tetraethyl lead in improving the antiknock properties
of a1 gasoline.

Any material boiling considerably lower than the major
part of the oil in question.
Naphtha
Natural Gasoline
A loose term referring to almost any virgin or straight
run* distil'late boiling below the kerosene range; often,
materials boiling below approximately 200°F are excluded
from naphtha.  "Has not been cracked.
            i
Gasoline condensed from a mixture of lower paraffin
hydrocarbon gases saturated with vapors of low boiling
liquid hydrocarbon, the mixture occurring naturally in
petroleum fields.
OcLane Numbar
An arbitrary scale for engine knock rating of gasolines,
based on volume percentage of Isooctane in a blend with
n-heptane which shows the same knocking as the motor
fuel under test.
Octane Number, Clear
The octane number of a component or blend without TEL
fluid.
RGH-015
                         Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                             F-4

-------
Pour Point
The temperature at which an oil ceases  to  flow when
cooled under specific conditions.
Kaffinate
Material from which some substance has been  removed  by
extraction.
Reforming
Reid Vapor Pressure
A process that uses gasoline boiling  range material  as
the charge stock for the conversion of  low octane
straight run naphtha to higher octane material by molec-
ular arrangement and cracking.

Approximately the absolute vapor pressure (expressed  in
pounds per square inch) of a material under specified
test conditions.
                          To redisti11.
Hi::: i.' (i full tin I, tint;
Residue
Hitud OtiLunit Number'
An engine knock rating scale (F-l) based on  isooctane
as 100 and n-heptane as zero.  Differs from  motor method
octane numbers in the speed of the test engine, spark
advance setting and intake air temperature.   Research
octane ratings are usually higher than motor octane
ratings depending on hydrocarbon type.

The bottom product from a column; usually  refers to
heavy, black material.

The apparent octane number of a gasoline in  a passenger
car engine in actual, controlled operation.   Road per-
formance and road rating are related terms.
Straight Run
Hydrocarbon material that has not been cracked or syn-
thesized.
Sweet
Containing insufficient mercaptan or sulfide sulfur  to
be detected.
.'•'iiii-i1 l.fiti. //;;
Any of several available processes which  render petro-
leum products sweet to the doctor test.
Th 'i rma L f.'runki tnj
A process for pyrolysis of hydrocarbons  Into  lighter
products.  Concomitant.ly a small amount  of heavier
products is also formed by molecular  condensation.
RGM-015
                          Bonncr & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                              F-5

-------
virgin stock              Any petroleum product or Intermediate that was not
                          produced by cracking or synthesis.

                          A mild thermal cracking of very viscous material.

                          The ratio of shear stress to velocity gradient in  lami-
                          nar flow.
RGH-015                   Boiincr At Moore Associates, Inc.                       F-6

-------
                                    APPENDIX  R



                                   BIBLIOGRAPHY
RGH-015                   Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.

-------
                                   APPENDIX G
                                  BIBLIOGRAPHY

1.   Bureau of Mines Mineral Industrial Survey.
2.   United States Department of Commerce Census of Business.
3.   API - United States Motor Gasoline Economics, Volume 1, pp. 2-10.
4.   Paper presented to California Assembly Transportation Committee, Subcommittee
     on Air Pollution, W. Robert Epperly, Esso Research and Engineering Company.
5.   Equations furnished by EPA from Bureau of Roads information.
6.   oil and Cas Journal, "Military Fuel Demand Turns Up Again," October 26, 1970,
     p. 44.
7.   Aarlund, Leo R, oil and Cm: Journal, "Refiners Caught as Jet-Fuel Boom Looses
     Luster," November 11, 1970, pp. 97-100.
8.   United States Department of Interior, Bureau of Mines, I'iji.rblnum ::i.nii:munL
     Annual, "Crude Petroleum, Petroleum Products, and Natural Gas Liquids," 1970.
9.   Dosher, John R. , "Trends in Petroleum Refining," chemical Kntjinccrimj,
     August 10, 1970, p. 102.
10.  Oil and Gas Journal, "Jet Fuel to Hit 17.7 Billion Gallons by '81," May 25,
     1970, p. 37.
11.  National Petroleum News, Mid-May, 1970, pp. 76-97.
12.  API, Department of Statistics, Annual Statistical Keview , April, 1970.
13.  Oil and das Journal, "IPAA Sees More of Same for '71," November 11, 1970,
     p. 46.
14.  McCracken, Paul W. and Lincoln, George A., Statement on:  "The Fuel Situation
     for the Winter of 1970-71," September 29, 1970.
15.  nit tinil <;
-------
23.   Loehmer, K.  H.  and Dodge,  R.  G. ,  "World Aromatics  Review and Forecast,"
     presented at joint meeting of Chemical  Institute of Canada and ACS Division
     of Marketing and Economics, Toronto, May, 1970.

24.   Bregazzi , M. ,  "The Canadian Petrochemical Market Picture," presented at joint
     meeting of Chemical Institute of  Canada and ACS  Division of Marketing and
     Economics, Toronto, May, 1970.

25.   chemical Week,  "Aromatics:  Output Up,  Profits Down, Demand Soft," August 12,
     1970, pp. 7-8.

26.   Boulitrop, R.,  "The Petrochemical  World of the 1980's," presented at joint
     meeting of Chemical Institute of  Canada and ACS  Division of Marketing and
     Economics, Toronto, May, 1970.

27.   Oil and C.ao  Journal, February g,  1971.

28.   API I'etroleum Facts Figures - 19C?.

29.   Oil and Gas  Journal, April 6J 1970,  pp. 115-144.
                                 (
30.   Campau, R. M.,  Ford Motor  Company, "Low Emission Concept Vehicles," Society
     of Automotive  Engineers, paper  no. 710294, presented at the Automotive
     Engineering  Congress,  Detroit.,  Michigan, January 11-15, 1971.

31.   Ecc.leston, B.  H. ,  and  Hurn, R.  W. , "Comparative  Emissions  from Some Leaded
     and Prototype  Lead-Free Automobile Fuels," United States Department of
     Interior, Bureau of Mines  Publication,  R.I. 7390,  May, 1970.
RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                       G-3

-------
                             AN ECONOMIC ANALYSIS

                                    OF

                           PROPOSED SCHEDULES 0 & N

                                    FOR

                    REMOVAL OF LEAD ADDITIVES FROM GASOLINE
                                25 June  1971
                        Prepared for the Environmental

                       Protection Agency under Contract

                             Number 68-02-0050
                     Bonner  &  Moore

                      Associates, Inc.
                     5OO Jefferson Bldg. |  Cullen Center
                     Houston, Texas 77OO2 | (713) 228-O871
                             Cable: BONMOR
MANAGEMENT SERVICES  OPERATIONS RESEARCH  INFORMATION SYSTEMS
 PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS

    RGH-015  Addendum 1.
TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS  PROCESS CONTROL

-------
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS




Paragraph                                                                    Page




                                    SECTION  1

                                   INTRODUCTION
                                    SECTION  2


                             RESULTS AND  CONCLUSIONS





                                    SECTION  3

                               DETAILS OF THE  STUDY



3.1      SCHEDULE 0 	-					  3-1

3.2      SCHEDULE N 					  3-9

3.3      IMPACT ON THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY	-	-			  3-19

3.4      IMPACT OF SCHEDULES 0 AND N UPON REACTIVE EMISSIONS	--	  3-24
RGH-01 5                   Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
Addemdum 1

-------
                              LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Figure                                                                       Page

2-1       Cumulative Investment Requirements 	•	   2-2
3-1       Refinery Investment Required by Schedule 0 	   3-21
3-2       Refinery Investment Required by Schedule N			   3-22
3-3       Lead and Aromatics Levels for Schedules N and 0 	   3-25
RCH-015                   Uoiincr & Moore Associates, Inc.                         il
Addendum 1

-------
                                 LIST OF TABLES



Number                                                                       Page




1         SUMMARY OF RESULTS, SCHEDULES N & 0	-		   2-3

2         RAW STOCK REQUIREMENTS FOR SCHEDULE 0		.---	   3-2

3         BY-PRODUCT PRODUCTION FOR SCHEDULE 0 --			   3-3

4         TEL CONTENTS OF SCHEDULE 0 GASOLINES	-			   3-4


5         GASOLINE SUMMARY FOR SCHEDULE 0 	T	--   3-5
                          \
6         PROCESS CAPACITY GROWTH FOR SCHEDULE 0	--.	   3-7


7         COST EFFECTS OF SCHEDULE 0	-	---   3-8

8         RAW STOCK REQUIREMENTS FOR SCHEDULE N 			   3-10

9         HY-PRODUCT PRODUCTION FOR SCHEDULE N 	-		   3-12

10       AKOMATIC'S AND LEAD LEVELS --		'---	   3-13

11    '   TEL CONTENTS OF SCHEDULE N GASOLINES	__-_^-__	   3-13


12       GASOLINE SUMMARY FOR SCHEDULE N		-	   3-14

13       PROCESS CAPACITY GROWTH FOR SCHEDULE N	-	   3-16

14       COST EFFECTS OF SCHEDULE N 	-.	-	   3-18

15       CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY INVESTMENTS --			   3-20

16       CONSTRUCTION COSTS BY SECTOR 	-----	   3-23
RGH-015 •                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                       ill
Addendum 1

-------
                                  SECTION 1
                                 INTRODUCTION
         This addendum to "An Economic Analysis of Proposed Schedules for  Re-
moval of Lead Additives From Gasoline" (Report #RGH-015) describes the results
of investigating two new schedules for removal of lead additives from gasoline.
The new schedules were designed by the EPA to achieve reasonably rapid reduc-
tion of lead additive content in motor gasolines without the severe  impact upon
the Process Construction Industry indicated by preliminary results of the
earlier study.

         This investigation of the economic impact of the two new schedules in-
volved the same mathematical models used in previous schedule analyses, and re-
sults are described in comparison to the same reference schedule.  The refer-
ence schedule, modeling technique, and other study methodology are described in
Section 5 of the original report.
RGH-015                   Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                      1-1
Addendum 1

-------
                                    SECTION 2
                             RESULTS AND CONCLUSIONS
         Figure 2-1 compares the added investment required over  the  reference  for
the USA refineries for Schedules N, 0, A, and L.  This plot clearly  illustrates
the comparative severities of each of the schedules.  Each of  these  schedules  is
within the capacity of the engineering and construction industry although  Schedule
L exhibits business cycle  tendencies.

         Characteristics of Schedules N and 0 are compared with  those of Sched-
ules A and L in Table 1.
RGH-015                   Bonner & Moore Associates. Inc.                        2-1
Addendum 1

-------
           4.0
           3.0
US Refining

Cumulati ve
Investment
Above
Reference

($ Billion)
           1.0	
                                                              77    78     79     80
                     Figure 2-1.   Cumulative Investment Requirements
 RGH-015
 Addendum 1
Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                     2-Z

-------
                                      TABLE  1

                       SUMMARY  OF  RESULTS.  SCHEDULES 'N & 0
Characteristi cs
1. Added Yearly
Investment .(MM$
Above Reference1.2

2. Total Added Cost
U Per Gallon)


3. Per Cent Lead.
Reduction
(Above 1971 Base)'

4. Per Cent Crude .
Increase
(Above Reference)

5. Process Industry
Construction
Activity
(% Increase Over
Prior Year)
6. Clear Pool Octane
(RON)



7. Per Cent
Aromati cs
Pool


93 RON
Grade


94 RON
Grade



100




Schedule
A
0
N
L
A
0
N
L
A
0
N
L
A
0
N
L
A
0
N
L

A
0
N
L
Ref.
A
0
N
L
Ref.
A
0
N
L
A
0
N
L
Ref.
A
0
N
L
Ref.

1971
15
-
-
-
0.16
.
_
-
15
0
0
.
0.34
.
-
-
M
(3)
(3)
1

88.5 .
-
.
-
88.4
22
-
.
-
23
18
_
.
-
19
_
_
-
23
32
_
-
_
22
^Excluding Cost for Distribution
21980 Figures are Cumulative
3Includes 1971 Investment
Schedule Year
1972

134
8173
7983
0.20
0 19
0.32
0.48
15
21
59
64
0.67
0.27
1.17
1.77
16
17
21
28

87.7
88.2
91.1
91.7
87.9
_
22
26
27
22
_
34
32
21
_
22
25
24
22
_
15
28
39
24



1973
42
256
95
344
0.23
0.23
0.34
0.56
15
33
59
73
1.37
0.96
1.40

12
10
19
18

87.5
88.8
90.8
92.2
87.6
_
23
26
28
21
_
39
32
20
_
21
26
28
21
_
15
21
37
21



''Calculated on 1971 llase whereas Previous Summary
was calculated on 1970 Base.

1974
187
221
277
412
0.22
0.25
0.41
0.62
15
45
73
82
1.80
1.41
1.42
2.76
4
8
8
14

87.7
89.4
91.7
92.9
87.6
_
24
28
32
21
_
41
41
28
_
21
24
29
21
.
14
27
45
22





1975
122
389
462
825
0.22
.0.27
0.52
0.85
17
59
84
93
1.65.
1.26 .
3.20
-
8
8
(1)
(1)

88.3
90.4
92.8
93.8
87'. 6
_
26
31
36
21
_
39
28
37
_
19
31
36
21
_
18
37
38
21





1976
172
218
290
844
0.21
0.25
0.48
0.90
20
63
88
100
2.42
1.79
2.83
5.03
9
7
3
(12)

88. -5
90.6
92.6
94.4
88.6
24
27
32
38
22
32
39
39
39
20
16
23
35
21
12
23
40
53
22





1980
1462
2008
2474
3456
0.21
0.25
0.36
O.GO
50
77
91
100
3.16
3.02
3.01
3.29
7
7
7
7

90.4
91.5
92.6
93.5
87.9
29
30
31
36
22
34
32
29
42
18
21
38
21
21
13
47
39
33
24





RGH-015
Addendum 1
Dormer & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                      .2-3

-------
                                    SECTION 3
                              DETAILS OF THE STUDY


3.1      SCHEDULE 0


3.1.1    Description of Schedule

         Lead removal Schedule 0 Is for a three-grade marketing environment in
which the lowest octane grade (93.0 RON) is permitted to have 0.5 gm/gallon until
1974, at which-time all lead is removed from it.  The two grades corresponding to
current regular and premium gasolines are permitted to contain equal lead levels
throughout the schedule.  The lead levels are shown below in paragraph 3.1.5.


3.1.2    Reason for Selecting Schedule 0 for Study

         Schedule 0 was designed to remove approximately 60 percent of the current
lead additives without inducing a business cycle in the construction industry.
The scheduled lead removal rate over the current national consumption is shown
below.


      Year                1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980

      % Removal Over         0   21   33   45   59   63   68   71   74   77
      1970-71 Usage*

     -Average lead level used for base years 1970-71, was 2 . H gin/gallon
3.1.3    Raw Stock Effects

         The comparison of raw stock requirements for Schedule 0 to raw stock
requirements for the Reference Schedule is shown in Table 2.  Since Schedule 0 is
relatively mild in the early years, its raw stock requirements are similar to
Schedule A.


3.1.4    By-Product Effects

         Table 3 shows the production of variable by-products.  These are shown
with the Reference Schedule for comparison.
RGH-015                   Bonncr & Moore Associates, Inc.                       3-1
Addendum 1

-------
O.O
(D I
3 O
               TABLE 2


RAW STOCK REQUIREMENTS FOR SCHEDULE 0


      (Millions of Barrels/Year)




Normal Butane
Iso-Butane
Natural Gasoline
Subtotal
Crude Oil
TOTAL
% Increase in Crude
1972
Schedule
0

76.8
55.3
192.9
325.0
4565.9
4890.9
0.27
Ref.

69.8
50.2
192.9
312.9
4553.7
4866.6

1973
Schedule
0

72.7
52.4
192.9
318.0
4786.2
5104.2
0.96
Ref.

82.9
59.7
192.9
335.5
4740.6
5076.1

1974
Schedule
0

67.2
48.4
192.9
308.5
5024.3
5332.8
1.41
Ref.

81.6
58.7
192.9
333.2
4954.4
5287.6

1975
Schedule
0 j Ref.
i
81.7; 78.5
58.8
192.9
333.4
5247.1
5580.5
1.26
56.5
192.9
327.9
5182.0
5509.9

1976
Schedule
0

85.8
61.8
192.9
340.5
5514.2
5854.7
1.79
Ref.

79.8
57.3
192.9
330.0
5417.3
5747.3

1980
Schedule
0

92.7
66.8
192.9
352.4
6754.9
7107.3
3.02
Ref.

79.8
57.4
192.9
330.1
6557.1
6887.2

  B
  0
  3
  3
  O
  1

-------
S> TO
a. en
CL n:
n> i
3 O
Q.—•
c ui
              TABLE  3
BY-PRODUCT  PRODUCTION  FOR  SCHEDULE 0
Coke, MM Tons/Yr.
Fuel Gas, 1012 BTU/Yr.
1972
Schedule
0
15.7
1222
Reference
15.8
1268
1973
Schedule
0
17.7
1295
Reference
17.5
1292
1974
Schedule
0
19.9
1391
Reference
19.5
1360
1975
Schedule
0
21.9
1404
Reference
21.6
1443
1976
Schedule
0
24.4
1499
Reference
23.8
1528
1980
Schedule
0
37.2
2020
Reference
36.1
2070
 03
 0
 3
 3
 O
 2
 0
 0

-------
3.1.5    Motor Gasoline Blending

         Schedule 0 was designed to  remove approximately  60  percent  of the
1970-1971 lead usage by 1975.  This  is achieved  by  scheduling  the  lead levels
of the three grades as illustrated in Table  4.   Table  5 shows  the  character-
istics and compositions of the three grades  as well  as composition of  a com-
posited pool of the three grades.
                                    TABLE  4
                     TEL  CONTENTS  OF SCHEDULE  0  GASOLINES
                                   (gm/gal)
Grade
93
94
100
Pool
1972
0.50
2.00
2.00
1.81
1973
0.50
1.70
1.70
1.49
1974
0.00
1.50
1.50
1.17
1975
0.00
1.25
1.25
0.84
1976
0.00
1.25
1.25
0.72
1977
0.00
1.25
1.25
0.61
1978
0.00
1.25
1.25
0.53
1979
0.00
1.25
1.25
0.45
1980
0.00
1.25
1.25
0.39
KGH-015
Addendum 1
Homier At Moore Assoriiil.es, Inc.
3-4

-------
                                    TABLE 5

                         GASOLINE SUMMARY FOR SCHEDULE  0

                                 (Sheet 1 of 2)

93 Octane Blend:
Volume, 109 Gals/Yr.
TEL, gm/gal
Leaded RON
Leaded MON
Clear RON
Clear MON
Stream Composition, %
Cracked Stocks
Alkylate Products
Aromatic Based
Light Iso-Paraffins
Paraffinic Stocks
Mi seel laneous
Hydrocarbon Composition, %
Paraffins
Olefins
Naphthenes
Aromatics
94 Octane Blend:
Volume, 109 Gals/Yr.
TEL, gm/gal
Leaded RON
Leaded MON
Clear RON
Clear MON
Stream Composition, %
Cracked Stocks
Alkylate Products-
Aromatic Based
Light Iso-Paraffins
Paraffinic Stocks
Miscellaneous
Hydrocarbon Composition, %
I
Paraffins
01,e'fins
Naphthanes
Aromatics
1972

11.9
0.5
93.0
85.0
91.3
82.2

33
5
36
10
10
6

43
16
7
34

57.5
2.0
94.0
86.0
85.7
77.5

43
-
27
-
28
2


45
19
14
22
1973

17.4
0.5
93.0
85.0
91.5
81.8

19
-
53
13
6
9

46
11
5
39

59.2
1.7
94.0
86.0
86.3
78.1

46
3
23
-
28
-


46
19
14
21
1974

22.4
0.0
-
.
93.0
85.0

.
6
62
17
15
-

56
_
3
41

60.8
1.50
94.0
86.0
86.9
78.5

45
5
24
-
25
1


48
19
12
21
1975

35.3
0.0
-
-
93.0
85.0

-
8
61
14
17
-

57
-
4
39

55.6
1.25
94.0
86.0
87.6
79.2

51
9
17
-
23
-


49
21
11
19
1976

47.4
0.0
-
-
93.0
85.0

1
9
60
12
18
-

56
-
5
39

50.9
1.25
94.0
86.0
87.5
79.2

57
12
7
-
24
-


49
24
11
16
1980

88.4
0.0
-
-
93.0
85.0

17
17
40
8
17
1

54
8
6
32

35.9
1.25
94.0
86.0
87.7
79.1

49
5
18
-
28
-


49
21
9
21
RGH-015
Addendum 1
Bonncr Ac Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                      3-5

-------
                                    TABLE s

                         GASOLINE SUMMARY FOR SCHEDULE 0
                                 (Sheet 2 of 2)

100 Octane Blend:
Volume, 109 Gals/Yr.
TEL, gm/gal
Leaded RON
Leaded MON
Clear RON
Clear MON
Stream Composition, %
Cracked Stocks
Alkylate Products
Aromatic Based
Light Iso-Paraffins
Paraffinic Stocks
Mi seel laneous
Hydrocarbon Composition, %
Paraffins
Olefins
Naphthanes
Aromatics
Pool:
Stream Composition, %
Cracked Stocks
Alkylate Products
Aromatic Based
Light Iso-Paraffins
Paraffinic Stocks
Miscellaneous
Hydrocarbon Composition, %
Paraffins
Olefins
Naphthanes
Aromatics
RON, CL
MON, CL
1972

26.0
2.00
100.0
94.5
93.0
85.1

9
48
23
6
14
-

76
4
5
15


34
11
27
3
23
2

52
15
11
22
88.2
80.1
1973

22.4
1.70
100.0
95.4
93.4
86.6

_
52
24
7
17
-

80
_
5
15


33
11
29
3
22
2

53
14
10
23
88.8
80.6
1974

19.3
1.50
100.0
92.7
94.1
85.5

24
45
15
3
12
1

69
10
7
14


32
11
31
4
21
1

53
13
10
24
89.4
81.1
1975

16.2
1.25
100
92.1
94.9
85.8

23
40
19
5
9
4

65
11
6
18


30
13
32
5
19
1

53
13 .
8
26
90.4
82.0
. 1976

13.4
1.25
100
92
94.8
85.3

20
34
24
5
12
5

65
9
3
23


29
13
31
6
20
1

54
12
7
27
90.6
82.4
1980

4.1
1.25
100.0
92.0
94.7
85.0

.
9
64
-
27
-

53
.
-
47


26
13
34
6
20
1

53
11
7
30
91.5
83.3
RGH-015
Addendum 1
Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                               3-6

-------
3.1.6    Process Capacity Changes

         The capacities of the major processes required for Schedule 0 are
shown in Table 6.
                                   TABLE 6
                   PROCESS CAPACITY GROWTH FOR SCHEDULE 0
                           (Millions of  Barrels/Day)

Crude Distillation
Coking
Cat Cracking
Hydrocracking
Cat Reforming
Alkylation
Extraction
Isomerization
1972
12.5
1.0
3.6
0.5
2.3
0.8
0.4
0.1
1973
13.1
1.1
3.6
0.7
2.6
0.9
0.6
0.1
1974
13.9
1.3
3.6
0.8
2.9
0.9
0.7
0.1
1975
14.5
1 .4
3.6
1.1
3.1
1 .0
0.9.
0.2
1976
15.2
1.6
3.6
1.2
3.3
1.1
1.1
0.2
1980
18.6
2.4 -
3.6
1.4
4.1
1.2
1.7
0.2
3.1.7
Cost Effects
         Table 7 shows the cost differences between the Reference Schedule and
Schedule 0.  These costs, shown as it/gallon and as total annual costs, are
broken down into refinery capital investment cost, other refinery costs, and
the cost of three grade distribution.
RGH-015
Addendum 1
                Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
3-7

-------
O.G?
O.Z
ID I
3 O
O.—•
C (71
         TABLE  7


COST  EFFECTS OF  SCHEDULE  0

National Added Costs, MM$/Yr.
Refining Investment Costs
Other Refining Costs
Total Added Refining Costs
Added Distribution Costs
Total Added Costs
National Added Costs. t/Gal*
Refining Investment Costs
Other Refining Costs
Total Added Refining Costs
Added Distribution Costs
Total Added Costs
1972

35
(110)
(75)
255
180

0.04
(0.13)
(0.09)
0.28
0.19
1973

102
(213)
(111)
340
229

0.11
(0.22)
(0.11)
0.34
0.23
1974

160
(244)
(84)
340
256

0.15
(0.23)
(0.08)
0.33
0.25
AUsing total gasoline demand as a divisor.
1975

262
(316)
(54)
340
286

0.25
(0.30)
(0.05)
0.32
0.27
1976

319
(380)
(61)
340
279

0.29
(0.34)
(0.05)
0.30
0.25
1977

371
(433)
(62)
340
278

0.32
(0.37)
(0.05)
0.29
0.24
1978

423
(404)
(61)
340
279

0.35
(0.40)
(0.05)
0.28
0.23
1979

474
(519)
(45)
340
295

0.38
(0.41)
(0.03)
0.27
0.24
1980

526
(546)
(20)
340
320

0.41
(0.42)
(0.01)
0.26
0.25

  ffl
  O
  3
  3
  tf


  S
  0
  0

  A
  VI
  ID
  0
  O
  00

-------
3.2      SCHEDULE N
3.2.1    Description of Schedule

         Lead removal Schedule N is .for a three-grade marketing environment in
which the lowest octane grade (93.0 RON) is permitted to have .5 grit/gallon until
1974, at which time all lead is removed from it.  The two grades corresponding to
current regular and premium gasolines are permitted to contain equal lead levels
throughout the schedule.  For the years 1972-1974, the lead level was determined
by the construction limit, and for 1975-1980 the level was set at 0.5 gm.   The
calculated lead levels are shown in paragraph 3.2.5.


3.2.2    Reason for Selecting Schedule N for Study

         Schedule N was selected to determine the earliest economically feasible
year for setting the lead level at 0.5 gm's for current premium and regular grade
gasolines.  The term "economically feasible" is defined as not exceeding the con-
struction industry growth capacity (see RGH-015, Section 5), and further, as not
inducing a business cycle in this industry.  Percent  removal over current usage
is shown below.

      Year                1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980

      % Removal Over         0   59   59   73   84   87   88   89   90   91
      1970-71 Usage*

      -Usage based on average 2. i* gin/gal lead level of average motor gasoline.
3.2.3    Raw Stock Effects

         Table 8 shows the raw stock usage of Schedule N.  Although Schedule N
is more severe than Schedule 0 in removal of lead, the raw material requirements
do not significantly vary until the peak years of 1975 and 1976, and by 1980 the
raw material requirements are essentially the same as those shown for Schedule 0.
These schedules fall between Schedules A and L (both three-grade schedules) in
crude requirements for the peak years.  By 1980 all  three-grade schedules demand
about the same amount of additional crude due to the (predominant) percentage of
unleaded 93 octane motor gasoline.
RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                      3-9
Addendum 1

-------
CXO
Q.Z
(D I
= O
Q.—•
c in
               TABLE 8

RAM STOCK REQUIREMENTS  FOR  SCHEDULE  N

      (Millions of Barrels/Year)
  ffl
  o
  3
  3
  S
  0
  0

  n
  3
  o
Normal Butane
Iso-Butane
Natural Gasoline
Subtotal
Crude Oil
TOTAL
% Increase in Crude
1972
Schedule
N
51.3
37.0
192.9
281.2
4607.0
4888.2
1.17
Ref.
69.8
50.2
192.9
312.9
4553.7
4866.6

1973
Schedule
N
56.8
40.9
192.9
290.6
4806.9
5097.5
1.40
Ref.
82.9
59.7
192.9
335.5
4740.6
5076.1

1974
Schedule
N
67.6
49.5
192.9
310.0
5025.0
5335.0
1.42
Ref.
81.6
58.7
192.9
333.2
4954.4
5287.6

1975
Schedule
N
49.7
35.9
181.4
267.0
5348.0
5615.0
3.20
Ref.
78.5
56.6
192.9
327.9
5182.0
5509.9.

1976
Schedule
N
69.1
49.7
192.9
311.7
5570.8
5882.5
2.83
Ref.
79.8
57.3
192.9
330.0
5417.3
5747.3

1980
Schedule
N
92.7
66.8
192.9
352.4
6754.6
7107.0
3.01
Ref.
79.8
57.4
192.9
330.1
6557.1
6887.2

  CO
  I

-------
3.2.4    By-Product Effects

         Schedule N falls approximately midway between A and L  in  severity of
processing as indicated by the by-product fuel gas production for  1976  (see
Table 9).  Fuel  gas production indicates that Schedule N requires  more  cracking
capacity than Schedule 0 for all years since it removes lead at a  faster rate.
Coke production  is more closely related to the volume of crude  runs.  Therefore,
as in the raw material effects, coke make does not significantly vary except
in the peak 1974 and 1976 years.
RGH-015                  Bonner Ac Moore Associates, Inc.                      3-11
Addendum 1

-------
39 7i
n. e>
D. 2:

Si
Q. —•
C "1
3
              TABLE 9


BY-PRODUCT  PRODUCTION  FOR  SCHEDULE N
Coke, MM Tons/Yr.
Fuel Gas, 10i2 BTU/Yr.
1972
Schedu le
N
15.5
1320
Reference
15.8
1268
1973
Schedul e
N
17.4
1344
Reference
17.5
1292
1974
Schedule
N
19.3
1422
Reference
19.5
1360
1975
Schedule
N
22.3
1634
Reference
21.6
1443
1976
Schedule
N
24.7
1691
Reference
23.8
1528
1980
Schedule
N
37.1
2033
Reference
36.1
2070
  Q
  0
  3
  S
  a
  S
  o
  0
  o
  00
  I

  ro

-------
3.2.5
Motor Gasoline Blending
         A review of the average aromatic contents of the composite pool for
Schedules A, 0, N, and L for the year 1976 is shown in Table 10.   The average
lead level of the pool shows clearly the inverse relationship of aromatic con-
tent to lead level at a given pool octane requirement.  Table H  shows the maxi
mum lead levels set for the three grades to meet the objectives of the sched-
ule.  Table 12  shows the characteristics and composition of each of the three
gasoline grades as well as the properties of the composite pool.   A comparison
with the  table for Schedule 0 indicates Schedule N is more severe, requiring
more aromatics to make motor gasoline.
                                  TABLE 10
                          AROMATICS AND LEAD LEVELS


1976 Pool Aromatic Content, %
1976 Avg lead Content, gm/gal
SCHEDULE
AON
24 27 32
1.56 0.72 0.29
L
38
0.0
                                   TABLE 11
                    TEL CONTENTS OF SCHEDULE N GASOLINES
                                  (gm/gal)
Grade
93
94
100
Pool
1972
0.50
1.00
1.00
0.94
1973
0.50
1.00
1.00
0.91
1974
0.00
0.75
0.75
0.59
1975
0.00
0.50
0.50
0.34
1976
0.00
0.50
0.50
0.29
1977
0.00
0.50
0.50
0.25
1978
0.00
0.50
0.50
0.21
1979
0.00
0.50
0.50
0.18
1980
0.0
0.50
0.50
0.15
RGH-015
Addendum
                         Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                  3-13

-------
                                    TABLE  12

                        GASOLINE  SUMMARY  FOR SCHEDULE N
                                 (Sheet  1  of 2)

93 Octane Blend:
Volume, 109 Gals/Yr.
TEL, gm/gal
Leaded RON
Leaded WON
Clear RON
Clear MON
Stream Composition, %
Cracked Stocks
Alkylate Products
Aromatic Based
Light Iso-Paraf f ins
Paraffinic Stocks
Miscel laneous
Hydrocarbon Composition, %
Paraffins
Olefins
Naphthanes
Aromatics
94 Octane Blend:
Volume, 109 Gals/Yr.
TEL, gm/gal
Leaded RON
Leaded MON
Clear RON
Clear MON
Stream Composition, %
Cracked Stocks
Alkylate Products
Aromatic Based
Light Iso-Paraf fins
Paraffinic Stocks
Miscel 1 aneous
Hydrocarbon Composition, %
Paraffins
Olefins
Naphthanor;
Aroma tic:,
1972

11.9
0.50
93.0
85.0
91.1
81.8

33
-
38
18
5
6

46
16
6
32

57.5
1.00
94.0
86.0
88.8
79.7

43
6
27
-
24
-

49
18
8
25-
1973

17.4
0.50
93.0
85.0
91.1
82.0

36
.
36
17
6
5

44
17
7
32

59.2
1.00
94.0
86.0
88.9
79.8

41
5
30
1
23
-

49
17
8
26
1974

22.4
0.0
-
-
93.0
85.0

19
3
44
16
18
-

46
8
5
41

60.8
0.75
94.0
86.0
89.7
80.5

41
11
26
1
20
1

52
17
7
24
1975

35.3
0.0
-
-
93.0
85.0

32
17
22
15
13
1

52
14
6
28

55.6
0.50
94.0
86.0
91.2
81.5

36
7
35
-
21
-

48
15
6
31
1976

47.4
0.0
-
-
93.0
85.0

19
6
41
13
20
1

47
8
6
39

50.9
0.50
94.0
86.0
91 .0
82.0

45
16
19
2
18
-

51
19
7
23
1980

88.4
-
-
-
93.0
85.0

29
19
27
9
15
1

52
12
7
29

35.9
0.50
94.0
86.0
91.2
81.5

21
-
54
-
25
-

50
9
3
38
RGH-015
Addendum 1
Bon tier & Moore Associates, Inc.
3-14

-------
                                    TABLE 12

                         GASOLINE  SUMMARY FOR SCHEDULE N
                                 (Sheet 2 of 2)

100 Octane Blend:
Volume, 109 Gals/Yr.
TEL, gm/gal
Leaded RON
Leaded MON
Clear RON
Clear MON
Stream Composition, %
Cracked Stocks
Alkylate Products
Aromatic Based
Light Iso-Paraffins
Paraffinic Stocks
Miscel laneous
Hydrocarbon Composition, %
Paraffins
Olefins
Naphthanes
Aromatics
Pool:
Stream Composition, %
Cracked Stocks
Alkylate Products
Aromatic Based
Light Iso-Paraffins
Paraffinic Stocks
Miscel laneous
Hydrocarbon Composition, %
Paraffins
Olefins
Naphthanes
Aromatics
RON Clear
RON Clear
1972

26.0
1.00
100.0
92.9
96.6
86.9

8
34
38
14
6
-

66
3
3
28


34
12
31
5
17
1

53
15
6
26
91.1
81.8
1973

22.4
1 .00
100.0
94.3
95.8
88.1

_
46
29
12
13
-

75
_
4
21


33
12
31
5
18
1

53
14
7
26
90.8
81.9
1974

19.3
0.75
100.0
92.0
96.9
87.2

12
32
38
11
7
-

63
5
5
27


32
12
32
6
17
1

53
13
6
28
91.7
82.7
1975

16.2
0.50
100.0
92.0
98.3
87.8

_
22
58
13
6
1

58
_
5
37


30
12
34
7
16
1

50
13
6
31
92.8
83.6
1976

13.4
0.50
100.0
92.0
97.4
88.6

_
25
56
-
19
-

53
-
7
40


29
13
32
6
19
1

49
12
7
32
92.6
84.0
1980

4.1
0.50
100.0
92.0
97.7
87.8

_
20
57
15
8
-

57
-
4
39


26
13
35
7
18
1

52
11
6
31
92.6
84.1
RGH-015
Addendum 1
noiinor it Mooro Associates, Inc.
                                                     3-15

-------
3.2.6
Process Capacity Changes
         Table 13 shows the in-plant capacity requirements for the major pro-
cesses.   No over building or excess capacity over the normal service factor is
reflected in the figures.  These figures represent the normal fresh feed through-
puts for all but alkylation and extraction, which are in terms of product.  A
review of the numbers again illustrates that Schedule N is more severe than
Schedule 0 and less severe than Schedule L.  As an example, in 1976 Schedule A
required 3.0 of reformer capacity compared with 3.3 for Schedule 0, 3.6 for
Schedule N, and 4.1 for Schedule L.
                                 TABLE 13
                   PROCESS CAPACITY GROWTH FOR SCHEDULE N
                          (Millions of Barrels/Day)

Crude Distillation
Coking
Cat Cracking
Hydrocracking
Cat Reforming
Alkylation
Extraction
Isomerization
1972
13.0
1.0
3.6
0.8
2.8
0.8
0.5
0.2
1973
13.4
1.1
3.6
0.9
2.9
0.9
0.7
0.2
1974
14.1
1.2
3.6
0.9
3.1
1.0
0.9
0.2
1975
15.0
1.4
3.6
1.1
3.6
1.0
0.9
0.2
1976
15.4
1.6
3.6
1.3
3.6
1.1
1.6
0.2
1980
19.3
2.4
3.6
1.5
4.3
1.3
2.0
0.3
RGH-015
Addendum 1
                Banner Ac Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                           3-16

-------
3.2.7    Cost Effects

         Table 14 shows the annual cost for Schedule N relative to the Ref-
erence Schedule.  These costs are broken down Into refinery investment costs,
other refining costs, and added distribution costs for the three-grade system.
The costs are shown in millions of dollars per year and in cents per gallon,
using the total gallonage of Schedule N for each year.
RGH-015                  Bonncr Ac Moore Associates, Inc.                     3-17
Addendum 1

-------
Q-JC
n> i
a o
a.—•
c in
         TABLE 14


COST EFFECTS OF  SCHEDULE N

National Added Costs, MM$/Yr.
Refining Investment Costs
Other Refining Costs
Total Added Refining Costs
Added Distribution Costs
Total Added Costs
National Added Cost, it/Gal*
Refining Investment Costs
Other Refining Costs
Total Added Refining Costs
Added Distribution Costs
Total Added Costs
1972

214
(159)
55
255
310

0.22
(0.18)
0.04
0.28
0.32
1973

239
(245)
6
340
334

0.24
(0.24)
0.00
0.34
0.34
1974

312
(234)
78
340
418

0.30
(0.22)
0.08
0.33
0.41
1975

433
(218)
215
340
555

0.41
(0.21)
0.20
0.32
0.52
1976

509
(316)
193
340
533

0.46
(0.28)
0.18
0.30
0.48
1977

530
(379)
151
340
491

0.46
(0.33)
0.13
0.29
0.42
1978

565
(524)
41
340
381

0.47
(0.43)
0.04
0.28
0.32
1979

600
(484)
116
340
456

0.48
(0.38)
0.10
0.27
0.37
1980

648
(521)
127
340
467

0.50
(0.40)
0.10
0.26
0.36
*Usir.g Schedule :i ' s total gasoline as a divisor.
  CD
  0
  3
  3
  n
  2
  0
  0
  1
  V,
  01
  0
  o
  O
  U!
  CJ



  00

-------
3.3      IMPACT ON THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY

         The Impact of Schedules 0 and N upon the construction industry was
studied by scaling the investments required in the individual refinery models
to a national level.  The methods used to carry out this scaling and to make
adjustments for obsolescence and replacements are described  in Section 5 of
report 0RGH-015.

         Table '15 shows the investments being completed by the construction in-
dustry in each year of Schedules 0 and N.  That is, the facilities represented
by these investments are operable for the first time in the  year for which the
investment is recorded.

         It should be noted that all investments shown  in  these  tables other than
U.S. and Canadian refining are  the same for all schedules.   Also, U.S. refining
investments for the years 1970, 1971, and 1972 are constant  for  each schedule.
The  refinery investments for these years were based upon data reported in  the
Oil  and Gas Journal and reported levels of engineering  and construction backlog.

         Schedule 0 did not require as much investment  in these  early years as
shown on Table  15, indicating that the industry should  be' capable of meeting
this schedule in the early years without too much difficulty.  The implied ex-
cess capacity was distributed over the years 1973, 1974, and 1975 in the same
ratio as the model year results for the same period.

         Figures 3-1 and 3-2 plot these refinery investments together with the
forecasted maximum construction industry capacity available  to refining.

         Table  16 gives a breakdown of the construction dollar according to the
various sectors of the construction industry for ea'ch schedule.  This breakdown
includes a distribution of the  total investment dollars backward in time to
reflect the fact that engineering must start well ahead of materials ordering,
etc.  For convenience in observing the effect of the various schedules so  far as
producing boom  or bust conditions is concerned, the lower half of these tables
describes the changes in construction activity from year to  year.
 RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                     3-19
 Addendum  1

-------
                                                                           TflB'LE  15

                                                            CONSTRUCTION  INDUSTRY  INVESTMENTS
CLCD
Q-rc
n> i
3 O
Q.—<
C VI
SOtC-LI.  0
  0
  o
  3
  3
  (B
 o
 o

 o


 71
 I/I
 0
 O
 OJ
  I
 ro
PLTKL-OEriCAu s»EriM\a TBTAL
F|
19/C
1971
1972
1973
197»
19/5
1976
1977
I97a
1979
l9a'C
19al
4 Q b. !5
19&2
TOTALS
JREIG*
iOO
110
120
135
150
165
135
205
c3C
250
c&O
310
j»b
2/'jS5
L'S/CANACA
1/2CC
1/333
I/ SCO
l*6Bc
1/8SQ
2*020
2*22'j
c/*4J
2/6SC
2/960
3/25U
3/5cQ
3/930
JC/68C
T3TAL
1/3CC
1/44U
1»620
1/315
2/03C
2/185
e/*Cb
2/645
2/920
J/210
3/530
3/89C
4/275
33/265
FfSRTIjS
ICE
125
1*C
isc
16C
17C
33C
185
19C
195
?cc
205
?1C
2/215
CAKAJA
115 •
127
70
110
117
128
132
137
139
1*1
1*2
144
1*6
1/649
US
1»C5C
1/158
635
I/ CO*
1/C6*
1/162
1*20»
1/2*5
1/262
1/27?
1/29*
1/311
1/327
l*,99T Ct.f'N.AL.'v _ fy«/vc.L
1 *¥&«*''•&

1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1976
1979
1980
1931
I9d2
TSTALS

fQKElS->
100
11C
120
135
15U
165
135
205
T3C
25C
e3C
31C
3*5
2/L-.B5
PETKGCrEMCAL
Ub/CANACA
1/2CO
1/330
I/ SCO
1/6«C
i/sec
2/020
2/22C
2/**0
2/69C
2*960
3/ 2 = C
3/5fcO
3/930
3C/6er,
REFIMN3
T?TAL
1*300
1/44C
1/62C
l/ais
2/030
2/185
2»*Cb
2/645
2/92C
J'2lC
3/&3C
3/390
•»/275
33/26=
FOREIGN
ICE
12=
1*C
ISC
16C
17C
18C
185
19C
1S5
2CC
2CE
?1C
2/?15
CANADA
115
1?7
70
11*
156
179
1*5
129
131
132
13*
136
137
1/7C5
L-S
1/050
1/15«
635
1/C36
1 • * 1 7
1/625
1/315
1*173
If 1«S
1/2C3
1*217
1/232
1*2*7
15,497
TOTAL
1/27S
1/*11
8*5
1/30C.
1/733
1/974
l/6*c
l/tB7
1/509
1/530
1/55}
1/572
1/59*
19/416
F9REIG.M
205
235
26o
285
31 S
335
365
390
"20
445
48Q
515
555
*/?or.
TOTAL
US/CA.VADA
2,365
2,616
2/205
2/830
3,*53
3,«24
3/63C
3/742
4/009
4/295
4/601
4,947
5,31*
47,881

TOTAL
5/570
2/851
2**65
3*115
3*763
4/ 1'59
4*0*5
4/132
*/*29
4/74C
5/Cfil
5/*62
5/369
P.p/681

-------
                0 -    U.S. Refinery  Investment

                       62 - 70  Reported
                       71 - 72  Projected
                       73 - 80  Limited by  Construction
                n -    Schedule 0
Annual
Investment
($ Billions)
7.0


6.0


5.0



4.0



3.0




2.0





1.0
                       62    64     66   68   70   72    74   76    78    80
                                              Year
                Figure 3-1.   Refinery Investment  Required  by  Schedule 0
RGH-015
Addendum 1
             Doiirior At Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                  3-21

-------
                 0 -   U.S.  Refinery Investment

                       62 -  70   Reported
                       71 -  72  .Projected
                       73 -  80   Limited by Construction
                 Q -   Schedule  N
Annual
Investment
($ Billions)
7.0


6.0


5.0



4.0



3.0




2.0
              1.0  ,
                        62   64   66   68     70    72    74    76   78   80
                Figure  3-2.   Refinery Investment Required  by  Schedule N
 RGII-015
 Addendum 1
                   !!- At Miiori- AssociiiU-s, Inc.
3-22

-------
                                    TABLE 16

                         CONSTRUCTION  COSTS BY SECTOR
                    . SOtCwLL  N
    IS f.
   1S7J?
   1S7J
   197*.
   197*
   1S77
   197E
              3fcC
              439
              508
              533
              531
              554
                               1*240
                               1*544
                               1*815
                               1*918
                               I*«fi9
                               1*956
                               2*093
                               2*24?
                   681
 1980

   TUTALj

(.MNul.

 1971
                                 2*585

                                19/688
   197J
   19V*
   1977
   l97c
   1979
   1930
            Pt>CtM  Br  PK'IUH  Yt".*«
               16
                5
               -C
                4
                7
                7
                7
                7
                                  -2
                                   »
                                   7
                                   7
                                   7
                                   7
                                        FIELD  UABBR

                                               «78
                                            •   5*6
                                               672
                                               76C
                                               76?
                                               765
                                            865
                                            9?7
                                            996

                                          7.579
                                                • 8
                                                1*
                                                23
                                                13
                                                C
                                                C
                                                6
                                                7
                                                7
                                                7
                                                           FEE.S 5
                                              526
                                              629
                                              688
                                              685
                                              701
                                              746
                                              799
                                              856
                                              920

                                            6*991
                                               -5
                                               19
                                               20
                                                9
                                               •0
                                                2
                                                6
                                                7
                                                7
                                                7
                                                 2*518
                                                 3*055
                                                 3*62*
                                                 3*898
                                                 3*868
                                                 3*975
                                                                           4*5«1
                                                                           4*87C
                                                                           5*233

                                                                          39*821
                                                    • 3
                                                    21
                                                    19
                                                     8
                                                    <•!
                                                     3
                                                     7
                                                     7
                                                     7
                                                     7
     LS
                      SCHtCULE 0
1S7J?
197.1
1577
137*
358
414
525

6C3
6*5
052
7*3
1S7*
I97b
I97n
1977
1S7S-
1S8,.
HilALli

    As Pt.KCE.NT llF
  1
 16
  9

  o
  7
  7
  7
  7
  7
   1*23*
   1*466
   1*6C2
   1*729
                              1*994
   2*629

  lS/379

YEAR

      •2
      19
       9

       7
       7
       7
       7
       7
       7
                                            FIELD LABBH

                                                  478
                                                  54Q
                                                  613
                                                  665
                                                  716
                                                  769
                                                  824
                                                  882
                                                  944
                                                1»C13

                                                7*445
                                                   -S
                                                   13
                                                   13
                                                    »
                                                    8
                                                    7
                                                    7
                                                    7
                                                    7
                                                    7
                                                      FEES 5 wise

                                                            44C
                                                            s M
                                                            567
                                                            614
                                                            661
                                                            709
                                                            760
                                                            "13
                                                            871
                                                            935
                                                             -5
                                                             16
                                                             11
                                                              f
                                                              a
                                                              7
                                                              7
                                                              7
                                                              7
                                                              7
                                                                             2*bo9
                                                                             2*931
                                                                             3*235
                                                                             3*496
                                                                             3*76C
                                                                             4*036
                                                                             4*321
                                                                             4*956
                                                                             5*321

                                                                            39*138
                                                                                -3
                                                                                17
                                                                                1C
                                                                                 8
                                                                                 8
                                                                                 7
                                                                                 7
                                                                                 7
                                                                                 7
                                                                                 7
RGH-015
Addendum 1
                   Boiincr & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                           3-23

-------
 3.4       IMPACT  OF SCHEDULES  0  AND  N  UPON  REACTIVE EMISSIONS

          Figure  3-3 shows  the estimated  lead usage and aromatics burned in pre-
.1975  cars  for years 1972  through  1980 on Schedules N and 0.   Schedule N has a
 lower lead usage than  Schedule  0  and  consequently has a higher aromatic usage in
 pre-1975  cars.
 RGH-015                  Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.                      3-24
 Addendum 1

-------
Lead       Aromatics
(Thousands Millions
of Tons)   of Barrels)
  150 -
  100 -
   50 -
    0 J
450
300
150
    O

  200
  150 -
   100 -
    50 -
300
 150
     0 J     0
                                       SCHEDULE N
                     72      73      74     75     76     77    78       79      80
                                O Lead (103 Tons)

                                D Aromatics (10s Bbls) Burned in  Pre-1975  cars
                                       SCHEDULE 0
                            73     74     75     76      77     78      79    80
           72
               Figure  3-3.   Lead and Aromatics Levels for Schedules  N  and 0
    RGH-015
    Addendum  1
                    Bonner & Moore Associates, Inc.
                                                                                  3-25

-------